شعارات المشروع والشركاء | Project and Partner Logos

مشروع تطوير إطار إدارة البيانات لقطاع المياه في ليبيا

لوحة تنفيذية تفاعلية للحزمتين WP1 وWP2 — الوضع الحالي، الاحتياجات، الأهداف، المتطلبات والسيناريوهات

الجهة المتعاقدة: الوكالة الألمانية للتعاون الدولي (GIZ) | المتعاقد والمنفذ الاستشاري: شركة الرؤية المكانية للاستشارات الهندسية والتدريب | الشريك الوطني: وزارة الموارد المائية
شعار شركة الرؤية المكانية | Al Roaya Al Makanya logo
شركة الرؤية المكانيةالمتعاقد والمنفذ الاستشاري

إدارة المشروعات

البحث والمرشحات لا تحذف المحتوى؛ هي أدوات عرض فقط. استخدم «مسح» للعودة إلى النص الكامل.

إدارة المشروعات

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

PMISEDMSGISBIBIM

إدارة الدراسات والبحوث المائية

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBIWRIS

إدارة التربة والري والصرف

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBI

إدارة شؤون حفر وصيانة آبار المياه

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBICMMSAPI

إدارة المعامل والمختبرات

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBILIMS

إدارة السدود

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

PMISEDMSGISBICMMSSCADA

إدارة المناطق المائية وفروعها

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBI

الشركة العامة لتحلية المياه

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBILIMSCMMSEAMSCADAAPI

الشركة العامة للمياه والصرف الصحي

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBILIMSCMMSEAMSCADACIS

جهاز تنفيذ وإدارة مشروع النهر الصناعي

المحتوى الكامل للحزمة الثانية WP2 متاح لهذه الجهة؛ افتح الجهة لاستعراض النتائج والمتطلبات والسيناريوهات.

EDMSGISBICMMSEAMSCADAMCSAPI
WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة المشروعات

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
الاسم، الموقع، النطاق، الأطراف والحالة. تعريف المشروع
الدراسات، الرسومات، المواصفات، المراجعات والتعديلات. الدراسات والتصاميم
جداول الكميات والتقديرات؛ الأنشطة والمدد والتحديثات ونسب التقدم. الكميات والجدولة
الأعمال المنفذة، المتابعة الميدانية، التغييرات ومؤشرات الجودة. التنفيذ والجودة
الميزانية والمصروفات والعقود والضمانات والمقاولون والموردون. التكلفة والعقود
المخطط والفعلي، مؤشرات الأداء والتقارير. المتابعة
مواقع المشروعات والمنشآت والمعلومات المرتبطة جغرافيًا. البيانات المكانية

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
إدارة المشروعات؛ بيانات مترابطة عبر الدراسة والتصميم والتنفيذ والمتابعة. الإدارة
تنفيذ، تكلفة، جودة، عقود، ضمانات وتغييرات؛ للإشراف والمتابعة والتوثيق. التنفيذ والإشراف
دراسات، تصاميم، مواصفات، كميات وتقديرات ومراجعات؛ للإعداد والمراجعة الفنية. الدراسات والتصاميم
أداء ومؤشرات وتقارير ومعلومات فنية؛ للتحليل والمتابعة ودعم القرار. الشؤون الفنية والمتابعة
التصميم ← التنفيذ ← المتابعة والتحليل والتقارير. التدفق الداخلي

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
رقمية مع وحدات قياس موحدة. جداول الكميات
قاعدة بيانات موحدة. المواصفات
قاعدة بيانات مرجعية. المقاولون والموردون
قاعدة موحدة للوصول السريع بقسم المتابعة. المعلومات الفنية
الضمانات رقمية؛ التنفيذ موثق رقميًا بصورة جزئية. الضمانات والتنفيذ
لا مستودع رقمي مركزي للرسومات؛ ولا تظهر أدوات جدولة متخصصة. الرسومات والجدولة
لم يظهر استخدامه في استجابة قسم الشؤون الفنية والمتابعة. GIS

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تصميم وإشراف ومتابعة وجودة وتكلفة؛ والمتابعة تستلم بيانات التنفيذ والمعلومات الفنية. الإنتاج والاستلام
تسجيل تغييرات ومراجعات؛ التنفيذ رقمي جزئيًا؛ وتوثيق قبل الاعتماد. التسجيل والتوثيق
وحدات قياس ومواصفات موحدة؛ مراجعة فنية ومؤشرات جودة وتدقيق. التوحيد والتحقق
ضمانات وقواعد بيانات رقمية؛ الرسومات خارج نظام رقمي مركزي وفق الاستجابة. الحفظ
تكلفة مقابل الميزانية؛ جودة؛ كميات وتقديرات؛ مؤشرات أداء ومقارنة الفعلي بالمخطط. التحليل
تبادل منتظم بين الأقسام؛ تقارير تنفيذ وفنية وتحليلية للإدارة. التبادل والتقارير
مدة الاحتفاظ والإصدارات والصلاحيات لم تفصل في WP1. الأرشفة

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
كميات وضمانات وقواعد بيانات للمواصفات والمقاولين والمعلومات الفنية. رقمنة قائمة
وحدات قياس موحدة ومنهجية معتمدة لتقدير التكاليف. توحيد
مراجعات التصميم وتغيرات نطاق العمل والتعديلات الميدانية. توثيق التغييرات
مؤشرات جودة وأداء ومقارنة المخطط بالفعلي والتكلفة بالميزانية. متابعة الأداء
حركة بيانات بين المراحل وتقارير فنية وتحليلية للإدارة العليا. تبادل وتقارير

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
مؤشرات جودة؛ مراجعة فنية؛ توثيق قبل الاعتماد. الجودة والتحقق
تسجيل مراجعات التصميم وتغيرات النطاق وربط التعديلات بالتصاميم الأصلية. التتبع
منتظم بين التصميم والتنفيذ، وبين التنفيذ والمتابعة. التبادل
قاعدة معلومات موحدة؛ استخدام في التكلفة والجودة والأداء والتحليل والتقارير. الوصول والاستخدام
مستويات الوصول والتعديل والاعتماد لم تفصل على مستوى الإدارة. الصلاحيات

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حصر مجموعات بيانات المشروع ومسؤوليات إنتاجها وتحديثها ومراجعتها. 1
تحديد المرجعية والنسخة المعتمدة للرسومات والوثائق والتعديلات. 2
استكمال توصيف رقمنة بيانات التنفيذ ووسائط الحفظ الحالية. 3
التحقق من علاقة الجدولة بالتنفيذ والتكلفة ونقاط الربط الحالية. 4
توثيق مسارات التبادل والمراجعة والاعتماد بين الأقسام. 5
استكمال توصيف الأرشفة والصلاحيات والنسخ الاحتياطي والربط المكاني في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
صعوبة تكوين ملف رقمي متكامل للمشروع. توثيق رقمي جزئي وتعدد الوسائط. بيانات التنفيذ
لا يظهر ربط رقمي مباشر مع التكلفة والتنفيذ. لا تظهر أدوات برمجية متخصصة. الجدولة
توزع الحفظ والحاجة إلى وضوح المرجعية والإصدارات. لا تحفظ في نظام رقمي مركزي. الرسومات
الحاجة لفهم نقاط الربط بين مكونات البيانات. قواعد تخصصية متعددة. تعدد البيئات
البعد المكاني غير ظاهر ضمن أداة GIS في هذه الممارسة. لم يظهر في استجابة المتابعة. GIS
معلومات غير كافية عن الاحتفاظ والإصدارات والوصول. لم تفصل في الاستجابات. الأرشفة والصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
تحويل القضايا إلى احتياجات موثقة تخص ملف المشروع والإصدارات والوثائق والجدولة والتكامل والأرشفة والصلاحيات والربط المكاني، دون استباق الحلول. رقمنة التنفيذ جزئية؛ الرسومات خارج مستودع رقمي مركزي؛ لا تظهر أدوات جدولة متخصصة وGIS في بعض الممارسات؛ ومعلومات الأرشفة والصلاحيات غير مكتملة. بيانات وممارسات فعلية عبر دورة المشروع؛ كميات ومواصفات وتقديرات رقمية؛ مراجعات وتغييرات؛ متابعة تكلفة وجودة؛ قواعد بيانات؛ مؤشرات وتقارير وتبادل بين الأقسام.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.2 إدارة المشروعات، الصفحات 69-79.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Projects Management

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management Projects Management; interconnected data across study, design, implementation, and follow-up.
Implementation and Supervision Implementation, cost, quality, contracts, guarantees, and changes; for supervision, follow-up, and documentation.
Studies and Designs Studies, designs, specifications, quantities, estimates, and reviews; for preparation and technical review.
Technical Affairs and Follow-up Performance, indicators, reports, and technical information; for analysis, follow-up, and decision support.
Internal Flow Design → implementation → follow-up, analysis, and reporting.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Project Identification Name, location, scope, parties, and status.
Studies and Designs Studies, drawings, specifications, reviews, and modifications.
Quantities and Scheduling Bills of quantities and estimates; activities, durations, updates, and progress percentages.
Implementation and Quality Completed works, field follow-up, changes, and quality indicators.
Cost and Contracts Budget, expenditures, contracts, guarantees, contractors, and suppliers.
Follow-up Planned versus actual performance, performance indicators, and reports.
Spatial Data Locations of projects and structures and geographically related information.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Production and Receipt Design, supervision, follow-up, quality, and cost; follow-up receives implementation data and technical information.
Recording and Documentation Changes and reviews are recorded; implementation is partially digital; documentation occurs before approval.
Standardisation and Verification Standard units of measurement and specifications; technical review, quality indicators, and verification.
Storage Guarantees and digital databases; drawings remain outside a central digital system according to the response.
Analysis Cost versus budget; quality; quantities and estimates; performance indicators and comparison of actual versus planned.
Exchange and Reporting Regular exchange among departments; implementation, technical, and analytical reports for Management.
Archiving Retention periods, versions, and permissions were not detailed in WP1.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Bills of Quantities Digital, with standardised units of measurement.
Specifications Unified database.
Contractors and Suppliers Reference database.
Technical Information Unified database for rapid access within the Follow-up Department.
Guarantees and Implementation Guarantees are digital; implementation is partially documented digitally.
Drawings and Scheduling No central digital repository for drawings; specialised scheduling tools were not indicated.
GIS Its use was not indicated in the response of the Technical Affairs and Follow-up Department.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality and Verification Quality indicators; technical review; documentation before approval.
Traceability Recording of design reviews and scope changes, with field modifications linked to the original designs.
Exchange Regular between design and implementation, and between implementation and follow-up.
Access and Use Unified information database; use in cost, quality, performance, analysis, and reporting.
Permissions Levels of access, modification, and approval were not detailed at Management level.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Existing Digitisation Quantities, guarantees, and databases for specifications, contractors, and technical information.
Standardisation Standard units of measurement and an approved cost-estimation methodology.
Change Documentation Design reviews, scope changes, and field modifications.
Performance Follow-up Quality and performance indicators; planned-versus-actual and cost-versus-budget comparisons.
Exchange and Reporting Data movement across stages and technical and analytical reports for senior management.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Implementation Data Partially digital documentation and multiple media. Difficulty in forming a fully integrated digital project file.
Scheduling No specialised software tools were indicated. No direct digital link appears with cost and implementation.
Drawings Not stored in a central digital system. Distributed storage and a need for clear reference versions and version control.
Multiple Environments Multiple specialised databases. Need to understand integration points among data components.
GIS Not indicated in the follow-up response. The spatial dimension is not visible through a GIS tool in this reported practice.
Archiving and Permissions Not detailed in the responses. Insufficient information on retention, versions, and access.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Inventory project datasets and define responsibilities for their production, updating, and review.
2 Define the reference and approved version for drawings, documents, and modifications.
3 Complete the description of digitisation of implementation data and current storage media.
4 Verify the relationship between scheduling, implementation, cost, and current integration points.
5 Document exchange, review, and approval pathways among departments.
6 Complete the description of archiving, permissions, backup, and spatial linkage in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
Actual data and practices across the project life cycle; digital quantities, specifications, and estimates; reviews and changes; cost and quality follow-up; databases; indicators, reports, and exchange among departments. Implementation digitisation is partial; drawings are outside a central digital repository; specialised scheduling tools and GIS are not evident in some reported practices; and archiving and permissions information is incomplete. Convert these issues into documented needs concerning the project file, versions, documents, scheduling, integration, archiving, permissions, and spatial linkage, without pre-empting solutions.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.2 Projects Management, pp. 69–79.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة الدراسات والبحوث المائية

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
المياه الجوفية والسطحية والمصادر غير التقليدية. الموارد المائية
المناسيب والتصرفات وتجارب الضخ وخصائص الخزانات والدراسات. الهيدرولوجية والهيدروجيولوجية
شبكات المراقبة والقياسات الدورية وبيانات نوعية المياه. الرصد والجودة
المسوح وسرود الآبار والقياسات الخام والمعالجة والتفسيرات. الجيوفيزياء
الأمطار والحرارة والتبخر والبيانات المرتبطة بالدورة المائية. المناخ
المواقع والإحداثيات والطبقات والخرائط والصور الفضائية. البيانات المكانية
الموازنات والمؤشرات والتقييمات والدراسات والتقارير والخرائط. التخطيط والوثائق

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تغطي دراسة الموارد المائية ورصدها وتقييمها وتحليلها وإدارة البيانات المكانية والتخطيط. الإدارة
بيانات هيدرولوجية وهيدروجيولوجية ومناخية ودراسات وموازنات. الموارد المائية
قياسات كمية ونوعية وسلاسل زمنية ومواقع رصد ومتابعة حالة الموارد. الرصد والمراقبة
قياسات خام ومعالجة وتفسيرية من المسوح الميدانية. الدراسات الجيوفيزيائية
بيانات مجمعة ومؤشرات وتقارير وتقييمات داعمة للقرار. التخطيط المتكامل
طبقات وخرائط وصور فضائية وتحليل مكاني ودعم للأقسام. GIS

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
ممارسات قائمة في التحليل المكاني وإنتاج الخرائط. GIS والاستشعار عن بعد
مصدر لبيانات زمنية وكمية ونوعية مرتبطة بالمواقع. شبكات الرصد
معدات وبرامج تخصصية لمعالجة وتفسير بيانات المسوح. الأدوات الجيوفيزيائية
متعددة وموزعة حسب المصدر والموضوع؛ توجد نسخ متعددة لبعض الطبقات. قواعد وطبقات مكانية
تستخدم وسائل متعددة حسب الدراسة ونوع البيانات. ملفات وسجلات
تتوفر بدرجات مختلفة حسب القسم والغرض. الأدوات التحليلية
لم تتناول الاستجابات توثيقها والحفظ طويل الأجل بالتفصيل. Metadata والأرشفة

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
فرق ومصادر متعددة؛ شبكات رصد؛ مسوح ميدانية؛ مصادر داخلية وخارجية. الجمع
قياسات مرتبطة بالموقع والزمن؛ التحديث وفق دوريات الرصد ومصدر البيانات. التسجيل والتحديث
تحليل هيدرولوجي وهيدروجيولوجي ومناخي وجيوفيزيائي ومكاني وتخطيطي. المعالجة والتحليل
التقارير والمخرجات تخضع للمراجعة الفنية وفق طبيعة العمل. المراجعة
دراسات وتقارير وخرائط ومقاطع ومؤشرات ومخرجات تخطيطية. الإنتاج
قائم بدرجات ودوريات مختلفة؛ المشاركة الرقمية ليست منتظمة في جميع المسارات. التبادل
أدوات وسجلات وقواعد وطبقات وملفات أجهزة بحسب نوع البيانات. الحفظ

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
موارد مائية ورصد وجيوفيزياء وتخطيط وGIS واستشعار عن بعد. خبرات تخصصية
شبكات رصد ومسوح ودراسات ومخرجات علمية ومكانية. إنتاج مستمر
هيدرولوجي وهيدروجيولوجي وجيوفيزيائي ومكاني وتخطيطي. تحليل متنوع
إنتاج خرائط وتحليل مكاني ودعم مباشر للأقسام. GIS
مخرجات فنية ورصدية وسنوية وتخطيطية. تقارير ومؤشرات
غالبية البيانات مرتبطة بموقع أو نطاق جغرافي وبعضها بسلاسل زمنية. ارتباط مكاني وزمني

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
مراجعات فنية وتحليل قبل الاستخدام؛ بيانات الرصد تستخدم في تقييم الكمية والجودة. الجودة والتحقق
الموقع والزمن والمصدر عناصر أساسية لقراءة بيانات الرصد والمكان. التتبع
غير منتظم وفق وتيرة موحدة بين جميع الأقسام والمصادر. التبادل
البيانات تستخدم في الدراسات والتقييمات والموازنات والخرائط والتخطيط. الوصول والاستخدام
قائمة في GIS بدرجات مختلفة؛ تختلف حداثة النسخ بين المستخدمين. المشاركة الرقمية
لم تتناول الاستجابات مستويات الوصول والتعديل والاعتماد بالتفصيل. الصلاحيات

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حصر مجموعات البيانات وربط كل مجموعة بمصدرها ومسؤوليتها وموقعها وزمنها. 1
التحقق من قواعد التوحيد للسلاسل الزمنية والقياسات والتعاريف والوحدات. 2
تحديد المرجعية والإصدارات للطبقات والخرائط والبيانات الجيوفيزيائية. 3
استكمال توصيف Metadata والأرشفة والنسخ الاحتياطي والصلاحيات. 4
توثيق قنوات تبادل البيانات ودوريتها بين الرصد والأقسام والجهات. 5
تحويل فجوات التغطية والأدوات والقدرات إلى احتياجات وأولويات موثقة في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
اختلاف الصيغ والدقة والتواريخ وطرق الإنتاج. فرق وشبكات وأجهزة وأقسام وجهات متعددة. تعدد المصادر
تفاوت المقارنة والتحليل حسب المنطقة والفترة. فجوات مكانية وزمنية في بعض البيانات والسلاسل. التغطية
الحاجة لمعرفة المصدر والتاريخ والنسخة المرجعية. قواعد وطبقات متعددة وبعض النسخ المتكررة. قواعد GIS
تفاوت حداثة البيانات المتاحة للمستخدمين. لا يتم وفق آلية أو دورية واحدة. التبادل
صعوبة توصيف خصائص ومصدر بعض البيانات بالكامل. لم تفصل في الاستجابات. Metadata
معلومات غير كافية عن السجل التاريخي والوصول والاستمرارية. لم تتناولها WP1 بالتفصيل. الأرشفة والصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
تحويل قضايا التغطية والتوحيد والمرجعية وMetadata والتبادل والأرشفة والصلاحيات والقدرات إلى احتياجات قابلة للتحقق في WP2. تعدد مصادر وقواعد البيانات، تفاوت التغطية المكانية والزمنية ودورية التبادل، ووجود نسخ متعددة لبعض البيانات المكانية مع نقص تفاصيل الأرشفة وMetadata والصلاحيات. قاعدة واسعة من بيانات الموارد المائية والرصد والجيوفيزياء والتخطيط وGIS، مع خبرات تخصصية وممارسات تحليلية وتقارير وخرائط ومؤشرات يمكن البناء عليها.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.3 إدارة الدراسات والبحوث المائية، الصفحات 80-95.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Water Studies and Research Management

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management Covers the study, monitoring, assessment, and analysis of water resources, spatial data management, and planning.
Water Resources Hydrological, hydrogeological, climatic, study, and water-balance data.
Monitoring and Control Quantitative and qualitative measurements, time series, monitoring locations, and follow-up of resource status.
Geophysical Studies Raw, processed, and interpreted measurements from field surveys.
Integrated Planning Aggregated data, indicators, reports, and assessments supporting decision-making.
GIS Layers, maps, satellite imagery, spatial analysis, and support to departments.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Water Resources Groundwater, surface water, and non-conventional sources.
Hydrology and Hydrogeology Levels, discharges, pumping tests, aquifer characteristics, and studies.
Monitoring and Quality Monitoring networks, periodic measurements, and water-quality data.
Geophysics Surveys, well logs, raw and processed measurements, and interpretations.
Climate Rainfall, temperature, evaporation, and data related to the water cycle.
Spatial Data Locations, coordinates, layers, maps, and satellite imagery.
Planning and Documents Water balances, indicators, assessments, studies, reports, and maps.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Collection Multiple teams and sources; monitoring networks; field surveys; internal and external sources.
Recording and Updating Measurements linked to location and time; updating follows monitoring frequencies and data sources.
Processing and Analysis Hydrological, hydrogeological, climatic, geophysical, spatial, and planning analysis.
Review Reports and outputs undergo technical review according to the nature of the work.
Outputs Studies, reports, maps, sections, indicators, and planning outputs.
Exchange Exists at varying levels and frequencies; digital sharing is not regular across all pathways.
Storage Tools, records, databases, layers, and device files according to data type.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
GIS and Remote Sensing Existing practices in spatial analysis and map production.
Monitoring Networks Source of time-series, quantitative, and qualitative data linked to locations.
Geophysical Tools Specialised equipment and software for processing and interpreting survey data.
Spatial Databases and Layers Multiple and distributed by source and subject; multiple versions exist for some layers.
Files and Records Multiple media are used according to the study and data type.
Analytical Tools Available to varying degrees according to department and purpose.
Metadata and Archiving The responses did not detail metadata documentation or long-term preservation.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality and Verification Technical reviews and analysis before use; monitoring data support quantity and quality assessment.
Traceability Location, time, and source are fundamental elements for interpreting monitoring and spatial data.
Exchange Not regular at a unified frequency among all departments and sources.
Access and Use Data are used in studies, assessments, water balances, maps, and planning.
Digital Sharing Exists in GIS to varying degrees; currency of versions differs among users.
Permissions The responses did not detail levels of access, modification, and approval.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Specialised Expertise Water resources, monitoring, geophysics, planning, GIS, and remote sensing.
Continuous Production Monitoring networks, surveys, studies, and scientific and spatial outputs.
Diverse Analysis Hydrological, hydrogeological, geophysical, spatial, and planning analysis.
GIS Map production, spatial analysis, and direct support to departments.
Reports and Indicators Technical, monitoring, annual, and planning outputs.
Spatial and Temporal Linkage Most data are linked to a location or geographic scope, and some to time series.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Multiple Sources Teams, networks, equipment, departments, and multiple entities. Different formats, accuracies, dates, and production methods.
Coverage Spatial and temporal gaps in some data and series. Variation in comparison and analysis by region and period.
GIS Databases Multiple databases and layers, including repeated versions. Need to identify source, date, and reference version.
Exchange No single mechanism or frequency. Variation in the currency of data available to users.
Metadata Not detailed in the responses. Difficulty in fully describing the characteristics and source of some data.
Archiving and Permissions Not addressed in detail in WP1. Insufficient information on historical records, access, and continuity.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Inventory datasets and link each dataset to its source, responsibility, location, and time.
2 Verify standardisation rules for time series, measurements, definitions, and units.
3 Define reference versions for layers, maps, and geophysical data.
4 Complete the description of metadata, archiving, backup, and permissions.
5 Document data-exchange channels and their frequency among monitoring functions, departments, and entities.
6 Convert coverage, tools, and capacity gaps into documented needs and priorities in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
A broad base of water-resources, monitoring, geophysical, planning, and GIS data, supported by specialised expertise, analytical practices, reports, maps, and indicators that can be built upon. Multiple data sources and databases, varying spatial and temporal coverage and exchange frequency, multiple versions of some spatial data, and limited details on archiving, metadata, and permissions. Convert coverage, standardisation, reference, metadata, exchange, archiving, permissions, and capacity issues into needs to be verified in WP2.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.3 Water Studies and Research Management, pp. 80–95.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة التربة والري والصرف

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
خصائص فيزيائية وكيميائية وتصنيف وملوحة وخصوبة. التربة
الاستخدامات والتصنيف والملاءمة والحالة والحدود المكانية. الأراضي
مصادر مياه الري والشبكات والمنشآت والتصاميم والحالة الفنية. الري والصرف
المواقع والعينات والقياسات والملاحظات الميدانية. المسوح الحقلية
خرائط وإحداثيات وطبقات وصور جوية وفضائية. البيانات المكانية
التعرية والانجراف والملوحة والتدهور ومؤشرات حالة الأرض. البيانات البيئية
رسومات ومواصفات وحسابات ومراجعات وتجارب وتقارير. الدراسات والمشروعات

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيانات هندسية وميدانية ومكانية وبيئية مرتبطة بالتربة والأراضي والري والصرف وحفظ التربة والمياه. الإدارة
دراسات وتصاميم ومراجعات وبيانات الشبكات والمنشآت والمياه. الري والصرف
مسوح حقلية وخرائط وتصنيفات وصور جوية وفضائية وتحليل GIS. دراسات الأراضي
بيانات بيئية وميدانية ومكانية للتعرية والانجراف والملوحة وحالة التربة. حفظ التربة والمياه
خصائص التربة والأراضي تدخل في الدراسات والتصاميم؛ الموقع والزمن عنصران مشتركان. الترابط

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
أدوات تخصصية متعددة لإعداد الدراسات والرسومات والحسابات. الأدوات الهندسية
استخدام فعلي في دراسات الأراضي وإنتاج الخرائط والتصنيفات. GIS والاستشعار عن بعد
مصادر رقمية وورقية ومتعددة التواريخ والمقاييس. الصور والخرائط
تستمر في بعض خرائط وسجلات دراسات الأراضي. السجلات الورقية
سجلات وقياسات مرتبطة بالمواقع والدراسات. البيانات الميدانية
متعددة حسب القسم ونوع البيانات. وسائط الحفظ
لم تتناولها الاستجابات تفصيليًا في جميع الأقسام. الأرشفة والإصدارات

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
مصادر داخلية وخارجية ومسوح حقلية وصور وخرائط؛ الدورية تختلف حسب الدراسة والقسم. الجمع
هندسي وفني؛ مكاني باستخدام GIS والاستشعار عن بعد؛ وبيئي مكاني. التحليل
الدراسات والتصاميم تخضع للمراجعة الفنية. المراجعة
دراسات وتصاميم ورسومات وخرائط وتصنيفات وتقارير وتوصيات. الإنتاج
بحسب المشروع أو المسح أو مصدر الطبقة أو أعمال المتابعة. التحديث
غير منتظم مع جميع الجهات؛ قائم جزئيًا مع جهات GIS؛ وبعض المسارات لم تفصل. التبادل
ملفات ووثائق هندسية وبيانات رقمية وخرائط وسجلات ورقية. الحفظ

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تكامل بيانات هندسية ومكانية وبيئية. تنوع تخصصي
ممارسات تحليل مكاني وإنتاج خرائط وتصنيفات. GIS وRS
إنتاج مباشر لبيانات مواقع وعينات وقياسات. مسوح حقلية
الدراسات والتصاميم تخضع للمراجعة. مراجعة فنية
دراسات وتصاميم وخرائط وتصنيفات وتقارير. مخرجات متعددة
تحليل هندسي ومكاني وبيئي مرتبط باختصاصات واضحة. خبرات تخصصية

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تحليل داخلي ومراجعة فنية للدراسات والتصاميم؛ التصنيف يعتمد على البيانات والمعايير. الجودة والتحقق
الموقع والمقياس والمرجع المكاني أساسي لبيانات الأراضي والتربة والشبكات. التتبع المكاني
قائم بدرجات ودوريات مختلفة؛ تختلف توقيتات وصول البيانات. التبادل
البيانات تستخدم في الدراسات والتصاميم والتقييمات والمتابعة الفنية. الوصول والاستخدام
تتأثر بدورية الجمع والمصدر وتاريخ الصورة أو المسح. حداثة البيانات
مستويات الوصول والتعديل والاعتماد لم تتناولها الاستجابات بالتفصيل. الصلاحيات

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حصر مجموعات البيانات وربطها بالموقع والمقياس والتاريخ ومسؤولية التحديث. 1
توحيد التعاريف والحقول والمراجع المكانية للبيانات ذات الاستخدام المشترك. 2
تحديد مرجعية الخرائط والصور والإصدارات وربطها بالدراسات والمشروعات. 3
توثيق قنوات جمع وتبادل البيانات ودوريتها ومصادرها. 4
استكمال توصيف الأرشفة والنسخ الاحتياطي والصلاحيات وإدارة الإصدارات. 5
تحويل تفاوت التغطية والأدوات إلى احتياجات وأولويات واقعية في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
تفاوت حداثة البيانات وتغطيتها. يختلف حسب القسم والدراسة. انتظام الجمع
اختلاف الصيغ والدقة والتواريخ. جهات وأدوات وخرائط وصور متعددة. تعدد المصادر
تفاوت المقارنة الزمنية والمكانية. بعض بيانات التعرية والملوحة غير منتظمة. التغطية البيئية
الحاجة لربط الوثيقة بالدراسة والمشروع والمراجعة. صيغ وإصدارات متعددة. الوثائق الهندسية
تفاوت توقيت وصول البيانات بين المستخدمين. لا يتم وفق وتيرة واحدة. التبادل
معلومات غير كافية عن الحفظ طويل الأجل والوصول. لم تفصل في جميع الأقسام. الأرشفة والصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
تحويل قضايا التوحيد والمرجعية المكانية والإصدارات والتبادل والأرشفة والصلاحيات وتفاوت التغطية إلى احتياجات موثقة في WP2. مصادر وأدوات ووسائط حفظ متعددة، تفاوت في دورية الجمع والتبادل والتغطية المكانية والزمنية، مع نقص تفاصيل الأرشفة والصلاحيات والنسخ الاحتياطي. ممارسات قائمة في التحليل الهندسي، مراجعة التصاميم، المسوح الحقلية، GIS والاستشعار عن بعد، الخرائط وتصنيف الأراضي وتحليل الظواهر البيئية.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.4 إدارة التربة والري والصرف، الصفحات 95-105.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Soil, Irrigation and Drainage Management

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management Engineering, field, spatial, and environmental data related to soil, land, irrigation and drainage, and soil and water conservation.
Irrigation and Drainage Studies, designs, reviews, and data on networks, structures, and water.
Land Studies Field surveys, maps, classifications, aerial and satellite imagery, and GIS analysis.
Soil and Water Conservation Environmental, field, and spatial data on erosion, soil loss, salinity, and soil condition.
Interrelationship Soil and land characteristics feed into studies and designs; location and time are common elements.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Soil Physical and chemical properties, classification, salinity, and fertility.
Land Land use, classification, suitability, condition, and spatial boundaries.
Irrigation and Drainage Irrigation-water sources, networks, structures, designs, and technical condition.
Field Surveys Locations, samples, measurements, and field observations.
Spatial Data Maps, coordinates, layers, and aerial and satellite imagery.
Environmental Data Erosion, soil loss, salinity, degradation, and land-condition indicators.
Studies and Projects Drawings, specifications, calculations, reviews, tests, and reports.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Collection Internal and external sources, field surveys, imagery, and maps; frequency varies by study and department.
Analysis Engineering and technical; spatial using GIS and remote sensing; and environmental spatial analysis.
Review Studies and designs undergo technical review.
Outputs Studies, designs, drawings, maps, classifications, reports, and recommendations.
Updating According to the project, survey, layer source, or follow-up activities.
Exchange Not regular with all entities; partial exchange with GIS entities; some pathways were not detailed.
Storage Engineering files and documents, digital data, maps, and paper records.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Engineering Tools Multiple specialised tools for preparing studies, drawings, and calculations.
GIS and Remote Sensing Actual use in land studies and production of maps and classifications.
Imagery and Maps Digital and paper sources with multiple dates and scales.
Paper Records Still used for some land-study maps and records.
Field Data Records and measurements linked to locations and studies.
Storage Media Multiple, according to department and data type.
Archiving and Versions Not addressed in detail in the responses across all departments.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality and Verification Internal analysis and technical review of studies and designs; classification relies on data and criteria.
Spatial Traceability Location, scale, and spatial reference are fundamental for land, soil, and network data.
Exchange Occurs at different levels and frequencies; timing of data receipt varies.
Access and Use Data are used in studies, designs, assessments, and technical follow-up.
Data Currency Affected by collection frequency, source, and the date of the image or survey.
Permissions Levels of access, modification, and approval were not detailed in the responses.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Specialised Diversity Integration of engineering, spatial, and environmental data.
GIS and RS Spatial-analysis practices and production of maps and classifications.
Field Surveys Direct production of location, sample, and measurement data.
Technical Review Studies and designs undergo review.
Multiple Outputs Studies, designs, maps, classifications, and reports.
Specialised Expertise Engineering, spatial, and environmental analysis linked to clear mandates.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Collection Regularity Varies by department and study. Variation in data currency and coverage.
Multiple Sources Multiple entities, tools, maps, and imagery sources. Different formats, accuracies, and dates.
Environmental Coverage Some erosion and salinity data are irregular. Variation in temporal and spatial comparison.
Engineering Documents Multiple formats and versions. Need to link each document to the study, project, and review.
Exchange No single frequency is used. Variation in the timing of data availability among users.
Archiving and Permissions Not detailed across all departments. Insufficient information on long-term preservation and access.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Inventory datasets and link them to location, scale, date, and updating responsibility.
2 Standardise definitions, fields, and spatial references for commonly used data.
3 Define reference maps, imagery, and versions and link them to studies and projects.
4 Document data-collection and exchange channels, frequencies, and sources.
5 Complete the description of archiving, backup, permissions, and version management.
6 Convert coverage and tool differences into realistic needs and priorities in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
Existing practices in engineering analysis, design review, field surveys, GIS and remote sensing, mapping, land classification, and analysis of environmental phenomena. Multiple sources, tools, and storage media; differing collection and exchange frequencies and spatial and temporal coverage; limited details on archiving, permissions, and backup. Convert standardisation, spatial reference, versioning, exchange, archiving, permissions, and coverage issues into documented needs in WP2.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.4 Soil, Irrigation and Drainage Management, pp. 95–105.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة شؤون حفر وصيانة آبار المياه

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
الرقم المرجعي والموقع والنوع والغرض والجهة ذات العلاقة. تعريف البئر
العمق والأقطار والتكوين؛ مراحل الحفر والطبقات والمعدات والتواريخ. التصميم والحفر
التغليف والمصافي والمضخات والملحقات والمواد الدائمة. التجهيز
تقارير المواقع والمطابقة؛ حالة البئر والأعطال والصيانة وإعادة التأهيل. الإشراف والصيانة
المواصفات والفحص والمعاينة والأسعار والحفارات والآليات. المواد والمعدات
التصنيف والأذونات والملفات وطلبات الترخيص والموافقات. المقاولون والتراخيص
المستخلصات والأسعار النمطية والتقارير الفنية والدورية والإحصاءات. المالية والتقارير

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
دورة بيانات للبئر من التصميم والحفر والتجهيز إلى الصيانة وإعادة التأهيل والتقارير. الإدارة
ملفات ووثائق ومراسلات وسجلات إدارية؛ للحفظ والاسترجاع. وحدة المحفوظات
تصميم وحفر وتجهيز وإشراف ومقاولون وتراخيص وتقارير. قسم الحفر
حالة الآبار والصيانة وإعادة التأهيل والمعدات والتقارير. قسم صيانة الآبار
مواصفات ومواد وفحص ومطابقة وأسعار. قسم المواد
الاستجابة التفصيلية وردت من قسم الحفر فقط؛ لا يجوز تعميمها على بقية الأقسام. حدود WP1

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
لا يستخدم قسم الحفر منظومة خاصة بالبيانات وفق الاستجابة. منظومة مخصصة
وجودها لا يُنفى، لكن شكلها ووسائطها لم توصف تفصيليًا. السجلات القائمة
وحدة تنظيمية مخصصة للملفات والوثائق والسجلات، دون تحليل مستقل لممارساتها. المحفوظات
طريقة تخزينها وتنظيمها لم توصف في استجابة مستقلة. بيانات الصيانة
طريقة إدارتها الحالية لم توصف في استجابة مستقلة. بيانات المواد
تدخل ضمن الاختصاص، لكن أدوات إدارتها لم تستكمل في الاستبيان. المقاولون والتراخيص
لم تتناولها استجابة WP1 بالتفصيل. النسخ والصلاحيات

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تصميم ← حفر ← تجهيز ← إشراف ← صيانة وإعادة تأهيل؛ جميعها مرتبطة بالبئر. الدورة العامة
بحكم الاختصاص تنتج بيانات فنية ووثائق ومواصفات وتقارير مرتبطة بالبئر. الإنتاج
أفاد قسم الحفر بعدم استخدام منظومة خاصة تجمع بياناته. منظومة البيانات
اختصاص مؤسسي، لكن لم تكن أعمال إشراف ميداني جارية وقت الاستبيان. الإشراف
لا توجد استجابات مستقلة تسمح بتوصيف ممارسات إدارة بياناتهما. الصيانة والمواد
مثبتة ضمن الاختصاصات؛ وسائل إعدادها وحفظها لم تفصل. التقارير والإحصاءات
لم تتناول الاستجابة المسارات أو ترتيبات الحفظ طويل الأجل تفصيليًا. التبادل والأرشفة

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
البئر وحدة مرجعية واضحة ترتبط بالموقع والتاريخ الفني. مرجعية الأصل
بيانات التصميم والحفر والتجهيز والإشراف والصيانة تشكل سجلًا فنيًا متتابعًا. دورة حياة مترابطة
الحفر والصيانة والمواد والمحفوظات لها أدوار تنظيمية محددة. اختصاصات واضحة
أساس للتحقق من بيانات التصميم والتنفيذ والمواد. المواصفات والفحص
تقارير ورسومات ونماذج وخرائط وتراخيص ومستخلصات. تنوع الوثائق
كل بئر مرتبط بموقع ومراحل زمنية متعاقبة. ارتباط مكاني وزمني

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
يرتبط بالمواصفات والإشراف والفحص والمعاينة والمراجعة. التحقق الفني
جزء أساسي من عمل الإدارة، مع ملاحظات عن المضخات والتغليف والمصافي. المواصفات
لم تتناول الاستجابة مسارات التبادل ووسائله تفصيليًا. التبادل
مستويات الوصول والتعديل والاعتماد لم توصف. الوصول
البيانات تدخل في المتابعة والتقارير والإحصاءات والأعمال الفنية. الاستخدام
فهم حالة البئر يعتمد على ربط الموقع والتصميم والتنفيذ والتجهيز والصيانة والتاريخ. التتبع

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
استكمال توصيف ممارسات إدارة البيانات في الحفر والصيانة والمواد والمحفوظات. 1
التحقق من كيفية ربط السجل الفني للبئر بالموقع والتصميم والتنفيذ والتجهيز والصيانة. 2
حصر الأنظمة والملفات والنماذج المستخدمة فعليًا لكل مجموعة بيانات. 3
توثيق مسارات التبادل بين الإدارة والمناطق والمقاولين والجهات الفنية. 4
استكمال توصيف الأرشفة والنسخ الاحتياطي والصلاحيات وإدارة الوثائق. 5
تحويل النتائج المحدودة والبيانات غير الموصوفة إلى أسئلة تحقق واضحة في WP2 دون افتراض حلول. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
لا يمكن توصيف ممارسات بقية الأقسام أو تعميم النتائج. تفاصيل WP1 اقتصرت على قسم الحفر. حدود الاستجابة
لا تظهر بيئة مخصصة تجمع مختلف بيانات القسم. لا توجد منظومة خاصة بقسم الحفر وفق الاستجابة. منظومة البيانات
الحاجة للمحافظة على الربط بين المراحل والوثائق. مجموعات بيانات متعددة عبر دورة البئر. السجل الفني
معلومات غير كافية عن الإدارة الحالية لهذه البيانات. لا توجد استجابات مستقلة. الصيانة والمواد
صعوبة تقييم التكامل والاسترجاع الحالي. لم توصف المسارات ووسائط الحفظ تفصيليًا. التبادل والحفظ
لا يمكن توصيف الاستمرارية والوصول من المعلومات المتاحة. لم تتناولها WP1 بالتفصيل. الأرشفة والصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
استكمال التحقق من ممارسات الأقسام غير الممثلة، وربط السجل الفني للبئر، والأنظمة والوسائط ومسارات التبادل والأرشفة والصلاحيات ضمن WP2. الاستجابة التفصيلية محدودة بقسم الحفر؛ لا يستخدم منظومة خاصة وفق الاستجابة؛ ولا تتوفر معلومات كافية عن إدارة بيانات الصيانة والمواد والتبادل والحفظ طويل الأجل. اختصاص مؤسسي يغطي دورة حياة البئر، وبيانات فنية ومكانية وزمنية متعددة، مع مرجعية واضحة للأصل والمواصفات والفحص والتقارير والمحفوظات.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.5 إدارة شؤون حفر وصيانة آبار المياه، الصفحات 105-115.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Water Well Drilling and Maintenance Affairs Management

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management A well-data life cycle from design, drilling, and equipping through maintenance, rehabilitation, and reporting.
Archives Unit Files, documents, correspondence, and administrative records for preservation and retrieval.
Drilling Department Design, drilling, equipping, supervision, contractors, licences, and reports.
Well Maintenance Department Well condition, maintenance, rehabilitation, equipment, and reports.
Materials Department Specifications, materials, inspection, compliance, and prices.
WP1 Limit The detailed response came only from the Drilling Department; it must not be generalised to the other departments.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Well Identification Reference number, location, type, purpose, and relevant entity.
Design and Drilling Depth, diameters, construction; drilling stages, formations, equipment, and dates.
Equipping Casing, screens, pumps, accessories, and permanent materials.
Supervision and Maintenance Site reports and compliance; well condition, faults, maintenance, and rehabilitation.
Materials and Equipment Specifications, inspection, examination, prices, rigs, and machinery.
Contractors and Licences Classification, permits, files, licence applications, and approvals.
Financial Data and Reports Interim payments, standard prices, technical and periodic reports, and statistics.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
General Cycle Design → drilling → equipping → supervision → maintenance and rehabilitation; all linked to the well.
Production By mandate, technical data, documents, specifications, and reports linked to the well are produced.
Data System The Drilling Department reported that it does not use a dedicated system that consolidates its data.
Supervision An institutional mandate exists, but no field supervision activities were ongoing at the time of the questionnaire.
Maintenance and Materials No independent responses were available to describe their data-management practices.
Reports and Statistics Confirmed within the mandates; methods of preparation and storage were not detailed.
Exchange and Archiving The response did not detail exchange pathways or long-term preservation arrangements.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Dedicated System The Drilling Department does not use a dedicated data system according to the response.
Existing Records Their existence is not denied, but their forms and media were not described in detail.
Archives A dedicated organisational unit for files, documents, and records, without an independent analysis of its practices.
Maintenance Data Storage and organisation methods were not described in an independent response.
Materials Data Current management methods were not described in an independent response.
Contractors and Licences Within the mandate, but management tools were not fully captured by the questionnaire.
Backup and Permissions Not addressed in detail in the WP1 response.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Technical Verification Linked to specifications, supervision, inspection, examination, and review.
Specifications A core part of the Management’s work, including observations on pumps, casing, and screens.
Exchange The response did not detail exchange pathways and methods.
Access Levels of access, modification, and approval were not described.
Use Data support follow-up, reporting, statistics, and technical work.
Traceability Understanding well condition depends on linking location, design, implementation, equipping, maintenance, and history.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Asset Reference The well is a clear reference unit linked to location and technical history.
Interconnected Life Cycle Design, drilling, equipping, supervision, and maintenance data form a sequential technical record.
Clear Mandates Drilling, maintenance, materials, and archives have defined organisational roles.
Specifications and Inspection A basis for verifying design, implementation, and material data.
Document Diversity Reports, drawings, forms, maps, licences, and interim payments.
Spatial and Temporal Linkage Each well is linked to a location and successive time stages.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Response Limit WP1 details were limited to the Drilling Department. Practices of other departments cannot be described or results generalised.
Data System No dedicated system exists in the Drilling Department according to the response. No dedicated environment appears to consolidate the department’s different data.
Technical Record Multiple datasets across the well life cycle. Need to preserve links across stages and documents.
Maintenance and Materials No independent responses were available. Insufficient information on the current management of these data.
Exchange and Storage Pathways and storage media were not described in detail. Difficulty in assessing current integration and retrieval.
Archiving and Permissions Not addressed in detail in WP1. Continuity and access cannot be described from the available information.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Complete the description of data-management practices in drilling, maintenance, materials, and archives.
2 Verify how the well technical record links location, design, drilling, equipping, and maintenance.
3 Inventory the systems, files, and forms actually used for each dataset.
4 Document exchange pathways among the Management, regions, contractors, and technical entities.
5 Complete the description of archiving, backup, permissions, and document management.
6 Convert limited and undescribed results into clear validation questions in WP2 without assuming solutions.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
An institutional mandate covering the well life cycle and multiple technical, spatial, and temporal data, with a clear asset reference and established specifications, inspection, reports, and archives. The detailed response was limited to the Drilling Department; it reported no dedicated system; and there is insufficient information on maintenance and materials data, exchange, and long-term storage. Complete validation of practices in departments not represented, the integrated well technical record, systems and media, exchange pathways, archiving, and permissions within WP2.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.5 Water Well Drilling and Maintenance Affairs Management, pp. 105–115.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة المعامل والمختبرات

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تعريف العينة والمصدر والموقع ونتائج كيميائية وبكتريولوجية وفيزيائية ونظائر. عينات المياه
تعريف وترميز وتحضير ونتائج تحليلية متعددة الأنواع. عينات التربة والصخور
قياسات رقمية وصور ومخرجات أجهزة وتحاليل تخصصية. بيانات الأجهزة
معايير ودليل عمل وإجراءات مرتبطة بطبيعة التحليل. الجودة
نتائج وتقارير رسمية مرتبطة بكل عينة. التقارير
سجلات استلام وترميز وتحضير ومراجعة ونتائج. السجلات
دعم تقييم جودة المياه والدراسات المائية والجيولوجية والهندسية. الاستخدام

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
إنتاج بيانات مخبرية للمياه والتربة والصخور والخامات المعدنية، من العينة حتى التقرير النهائي. الإدارة
جودة المياه وخصائصها ونتائج التحاليل والتقارير الرسمية. التحاليل الكيميائية للمياه
تحاليل كيميائية وفيزيائية وميكانيكية ومجهرية وحبيبية وXRD. التربة والصخور والخامات
لم تخصص لها استجابة مستقلة؛ دورها التنظيمي في التوثيق والحفظ. وحدة المحفوظات والدعم
العينة ومصدرها أو موقعها تمثل أساس ربط بيانات التعريف والتحضير والتحليل والنتيجة. الوحدة المرجعية

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
لم تكن هناك قاعدة معلومات مركزية مستخدمة وفق الاستجابة. التحليلات الكيميائية
أُشير إلى قاعدة بيانات مركزية للنتائج دون تفاصيل عن نطاقها أو استخدامها. التربة والصخور
عنصر أساسي في الحفظ المبلغ عنه. السجلات الورقية
نتائج وملفات ومخرجات أجهزة قد تتوزع بين أكثر من وسيط. الحفظ المختلط
معايير جودة ودليل موحد في قسم التحاليل الكيميائية للمياه. أدلة العمل
استلام وترميز وتحضير معتمد في قسم التربة والصخور والخامات. إجراءات العينات
لم تتناولها الاستجابات بالتفصيل. الأرشفة والنسخ

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
يبدأ السجل بالتعريف والاستلام والترميز والتحضير حسب القسم. استلام العينة
تنفيذ اختبارات تخصصية وتسجيل نتائج رقمية ووصفية ومخرجات أجهزة. التحليل
مراجعة النتائج وفق الإجراءات والمعايير المتاحة. المراجعة
إعداد نتائج وتقارير رسمية مرتبطة بالعينة. التقرير
ورقي أو مختلط بدرجات مختلفة بين القسمين. الحفظ
يختلف حسب القسم والجهة المستفيدة؛ غير منتظم في بعض المسارات. التبادل والاستخدام
كان المختبران متوقفين وقت تعبئة الاستبيانات؛ تُقرأ النتائج ضمن هذا الإطار الزمني. الحالة التشغيلية

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
وحدة بيانات واضحة يمكن ربط جميع مراحل السجل بها. مرجعية العينة
وجود معايير جودة ودليل عمل وإجراءات معتمدة في مجالات محددة. معايير فنية
إجراءات معتمدة لاستلام وترميز وتحضير عينات التربة والصخور والخامات. ترميز وتحضير
مخرجات مخبرية موثقة مرتبطة بالنتائج. تقارير رسمية
بيانات رقمية ووصفية وصور ومخرجات أجهزة ذات قيمة للدراسات. تخصص علمي
أُشير إلى قاعدة نتائج مركزية في أحد القسمين. قاعدة مركزية جزئية

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
معايير ودليل عمل في التحاليل الكيميائية؛ وضع QC بالقسم الآخر تأثر بتوقف النشاط. الجودة
اكتمال السجل يتطلب ربط تعريف العينة وتحضيرها وطريقة التحليل والنتيجة والتقرير. التتبع
قائم وغير منتظم في قسم التحاليل الكيميائية؛ يختلف الوضع في القسم الآخر وقت الاستجابة. التبادل
النتائج تستخدم بحسب نوع التحليل والجهة المستفيدة. الاستخدام
الصلاحيات والحماية لم تتناولها الاستجابات بالتفصيل. الوصول
توقف المختبرين يحد من تفسير الممارسات التشغيلية الجارية خلال الفترة المرجعية. السياق الزمني

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
التحقق من الحالة التشغيلية الحالية للمختبرات وممارسات إنتاج البيانات بعد فترة الاستبيان. 1
تثبيت مكونات السجل المرجعي للعينة من الاستلام والترميز حتى التقرير. 2
حصر قواعد البيانات والسجلات الورقية ومخرجات الأجهزة وطرق الربط بينها. 3
توثيق قواعد الجودة والتحقق والاعتماد المطبقة فعليًا لكل نوع تحليل. 4
استكمال توصيف التبادل والاستخدام والصلاحيات والحماية والنسخ الاحتياطي. 5
تحديد أولويات رقمنة وربط السجلات المخبرية التاريخية ضمن WP2 دون استباق التقنية. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
عدم توافر بيانات تشغيلية حديثة من نشاط جارٍ خلال الفترة المرجعية. المختبران متوقفان وقت الاستبيان. استمرارية الإنتاج
تفرق عناصر سجل العينة بين أكثر من وسيط. ورقي أو مختلط بدرجات مختلفة. وسائط الحفظ
عدم وجود صورة موحدة لتجميع النتائج على مستوى الإدارة. وضع مختلف بين القسمين. قواعد البيانات
صعوبة توصيف مستوى التحقق الجاري بصورة موحدة. المعلومات تختلف حسب القسم والحالة التشغيلية. الجودة
تفاوت قنوات استخدام النتائج وتوقيتها. غير منتظم أو غير قائم وقت الاستجابة حسب القسم. التبادل
معلومات غير كافية عن الحماية والاستمرارية والحفظ طويل الأجل. لم تفصل في WP1. الأرشفة والصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
التحقق من الحالة التشغيلية الحالية، وربط سجل العينة، وحصر القواعد والوسائط، وتثبيت الجودة والتبادل والأرشفة والصلاحيات كاحتياجات تحقق في WP2. وسائط حفظ ورقية أو مختلطة، اختلاف وضع قواعد البيانات بين القسمين، وتوقف المختبرين وقت الاستجابة؛ مع نقص تفاصيل الحماية والنسخ الاحتياطي والحفظ طويل الأجل. بيانات مخبرية تخصصية مرتبطة بعينات محددة، معايير وإجراءات فنية، تقارير رسمية، وترميز وتحضير للعينة، إضافة إلى خبرات ومخرجات أجهزة يمكن البناء عليها.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.6 إدارة المعامل والمختبرات، الصفحات 115-127.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Laboratories and Testing Facilities Management

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management Produces laboratory data for water, soil, rocks, and mineral ores, from sample receipt to the final report.
Water Chemical Analysis Water quality and characteristics, analytical results, and official reports.
Soil, Rock and Mineral Ore Analysis Chemical, physical, mechanical, microscopic, granulometric, and XRD analyses.
Archives and Support Unit No independent response was dedicated to it; its organisational role relates to documentation and preservation.
Reference Unit The sample and its source or location form the basis for linking identification, preparation, analysis, and result data.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Water Samples Sample identification, source, location, and chemical, bacteriological, physical, and isotope results.
Soil and Rock Samples Identification, coding, preparation, and multiple types of analytical results.
Instrument Data Digital measurements, images, instrument outputs, and specialised analyses.
Quality Standards, work manual, and procedures related to the type of analysis.
Reports Results and official reports linked to each sample.
Records Receipt, coding, preparation, review, and result records.
Use Support for water-quality assessment and water, geological, and engineering studies.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Sample Receipt The record begins with identification, receipt, coding, and preparation according to the department.
Analysis Specialised tests are performed and digital, descriptive, and instrument-output results are recorded.
Review Results are reviewed according to the available procedures and standards.
Reporting Results and official reports linked to the sample are prepared.
Storage Paper or mixed media to varying degrees between the two departments.
Exchange and Use Varies by department and beneficiary; irregular in some pathways.
Operational Status Both laboratories were inactive when the questionnaires were completed; results must be read within that time context.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Chemical Analyses No central information database was in use according to the response.
Soil and Rock Analyses A central results database was mentioned without details on its scope or use.
Paper Records A principal element of the reported storage practice.
Mixed Storage Results, files, and instrument outputs may be distributed across more than one medium.
Work Manuals Quality standards and a unified manual in the Water Chemical Analysis Department.
Sample Procedures Approved receipt, coding, and preparation procedures in the Soil, Rock and Mineral Ore Analysis Department.
Archiving and Backup Not addressed in detail in the responses.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality Standards and a work manual exist in chemical analyses; QC in the other department was affected by inactivity.
Traceability A complete record requires linking sample identification, preparation, analytical method, result, and report.
Exchange Exists and is irregular in the Chemical Analysis Department; the situation differed in the other department at the time of response.
Use Results are used according to the type of analysis and beneficiary.
Access Permissions and protection were not addressed in detail in the responses.
Time Context Laboratory inactivity limits interpretation of ongoing operational practices during the reference period.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Sample Reference A clear data unit to which all record stages can be linked.
Technical Standards Quality standards, work manuals, and approved procedures in specific fields.
Coding and Preparation Approved procedures for receiving, coding, and preparing soil, rock, and mineral-ore samples.
Official Reports Documented laboratory outputs linked to results.
Scientific Specialisation Digital and descriptive data, images, and instrument outputs of value to studies.
Partial Central Database A central results database was mentioned in one department.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Continuity of Production Both laboratories were inactive at the time of the questionnaire. No recent operational data were available from ongoing activity during the reference period.
Storage Media Paper or mixed media to varying degrees. Elements of the sample record are distributed across more than one medium.
Databases Different situations between the two departments. No unified picture exists for consolidating results at Management level.
Quality Information differs by department and operational status. Difficulty in describing the current verification level consistently.
Exchange Irregular or inactive at the time of response depending on the department. Different channels and timing for use of results.
Archiving and Permissions Not detailed in WP1. Insufficient information on protection, continuity, and long-term preservation.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Verify the current operational status of laboratories and data-production practices after the questionnaire period.
2 Confirm the components of the sample reference record from receipt and coding through reporting.
3 Inventory databases, paper records, instrument outputs, and methods of linking them.
4 Document quality, verification, and approval rules actually applied to each type of analysis.
5 Complete the description of exchange, use, permissions, protection, and backup.
6 Define priorities for digitising and linking historical laboratory records within WP2 without pre-empting the technology.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
Specialised laboratory data linked to defined samples, technical standards and procedures, official reports, sample coding and preparation, and instrument expertise and outputs that can be built upon. Paper or mixed storage media, different database situations between the two departments, and laboratories inactive at the time of response; with limited details on protection, backup, and long-term preservation. Verify current operational status, link the sample record, inventory databases and media, and confirm quality, exchange, archiving, and permissions as WP2 validation needs.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.6 Laboratories and Testing Facilities Management, pp. 115–127.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة السدود

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
دراسات وحسابات وتصاميم ورسومات ومواصفات وبيانات مرجعية. الدراسات والتصميم
التقدم والجودة والمستخلصات والتقارير والملاحظات الميدانية. التنفيذ
محاضر واعتمادات وسجلات انتقال الأصل من المشروع إلى التشغيل. الاستلام
قراءات وحالة المنشأة ومؤشرات الأداء. التشغيل
سجلات الصيانة والمعدات والأعطال والتدخلات. الصيانة
الأمطار والفيضانات والمؤشرات والإنذارات وسجلات الأحداث. السلامة والطوارئ
سجل فني متراكم عبر دورة حياة السد. الوثائق

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
دورة بيانات للسد تمتد من الدراسة والتصميم إلى التنفيذ والاستلام والتشغيل والصيانة والطوارئ. الإدارة
بيانات مرجعية ودراسات وتصاميم ورسومات وحسابات. الدراسات والتصاميم
تقارير تنفيذ وسجلات ومستخلصات ومحاضر استلام وضبط جودة. متابعة التنفيذ
قراءات تشغيلية وسجلات صيانة ومعدات وحالة السد. التشغيل والصيانة
بيانات أمطار وفيضانات ومؤشرات وإنذارات لدعم الاستجابة. الطوارئ
وثائق ومكاتبات وملفات للحفظ والرجوع المؤسسي. المحفوظات

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
يوجد حفظ منظم لسجلات متابعة التنفيذ وفق الاستجابة. سجلات المشروعات
التصاميم والرسومات تستخدم مرجعًا أثناء التنفيذ. الوثائق المرجعية
موجودة ضمن اختصاص التشغيل والصيانة؛ وسائل الحفظ لم تفصل. القراءات التشغيلية
مجالاتها معروفة، لكن مصادرها وأدوات إدارتها لم توصف تفصيليًا. بيانات الطوارئ
أقسام وفرق إشراف ومقاولون واستشاريون يشاركون في إنتاج البيانات. تعدد المنتجين
لم تتناول الاستجابات الأرشفة والنسخ الاحتياطي وإدارة الإصدارات تفصيليًا. الحفظ طويل الأجل
لم تتوفر معلومات كافية لتوصيف الحماية والوصول. الصلاحيات

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيانات التصميم تستخدم في التنفيذ؛ بيانات التنفيذ والاستلام تدخل في السجل الفني؛ التشغيل والطوارئ تعتمد على الأصل. الترابط
ممارسة موثقة لإنتاج بيانات المتابعة والتقارير وحفظ سجلات المشروعات. متابعة التنفيذ
تستخدم البيانات التصميمية والميدانية في متابعة جودة التنفيذ. الجودة
المشاركة في الاعتماد المرحلي والنهائي وتكوين سجل المشروع. الاستلام
أكدت الاستجابة إنتاج بيانات تشغيل وصيانة، دون تفصيل كامل للتنظيم والدورية. التشغيل والصيانة
الاختصاصات مثبتة، لكن ممارسات إدارة البيانات لم توصف تفصيليًا. الدراسات والطوارئ
وُصف بأنه غير منتظم في استجابة متابعة التنفيذ فقط، ولا يُعمم على بقية الأقسام. التبادل

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيانات متراكمة ومترابطة عبر مراحل السد. دورة حياة واضحة
الوثائق التصميمية تستخدم مباشرة في متابعة التنفيذ والتحقق الفني. استخدام مرجعي
تقارير وسجلات ومستخلصات ومحاضر استلام محفوظة ضمن الممارسة المبلغ عنها. سجلات تنفيذ
إنتاجها مؤكد ضمن القسم المختص. بيانات تشغيل وصيانة
يمكن تتبع الأصل عبر وثائق التصميم والتنفيذ والاستلام والتشغيل. سجل فني للأصل
دور مؤسسي في حفظ الوثائق والمكاتبات والملفات. وحدة محفوظات

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
متابعة التنفيذ تتضمن ضبط الجودة واستخدام التصميمات المرجعية. الجودة والتحقق
المصدر والتاريخ والإصدار المرجعي عناصر مهمة بسبب تعدد المنتجين. التتبع
انتقال البيانات بين التصميم والتنفيذ والاستلام والتشغيل عنصر محوري. تسليم البيانات
المعلومات التفصيلية المتاحة محدودة؛ عدم الانتظام ورد في قسم متابعة التنفيذ فقط. التبادل
البيانات تستخدم في التنفيذ والاستلام والتشغيل والصيانة والسلامة والطوارئ. الاستخدام
الحماية والصلاحيات لم توصف تفصيليًا ضمن WP1. الوصول

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
توثيق مكونات السجل الفني للسد ومسؤولية كل مجموعة بيانات عبر دورة الحياة. 1
تحديد مرجعية وإصدارات الدراسات والتصاميم والرسومات المستخدمة في التنفيذ. 2
التحقق من آليات تسليم البيانات من التنفيذ والاستلام إلى التشغيل والصيانة. 3
استكمال توصيف القراءات التشغيلية وبيانات السلامة والطوارئ ومصادرها ودوريتها. 4
توثيق مسارات التبادل والمراجعة والاعتماد بين الأقسام والأطراف. 5
استكمال الأرشفة والنسخ الاحتياطي والصلاحيات والحماية وإدارة الإصدارات في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
أهمية المحافظة على ترابط الوثائق عبر دورة حياة السد. البيانات موزعة على مراحل وأقسام متعددة. اكتمال سجل السد
الحاجة لربط البيانات بمصدرها وتاريخها. تعدد المنتجين والمصادر أثناء التنفيذ. تتبع المصدر
الحاجة لتحديد الوثيقة أو الإصدار المرجعي. التصميم يستخدم أثناء التنفيذ. مرجعية التصميم
الحاجة للمحافظة على التسلسل التاريخي. التنفيذ والتشغيل والطوارئ مرتبطة بالزمن. البيانات الزمنية
احتمال تفرق عناصر السجل إذا لم تُحفظ العلاقات. البيانات تنتقل من التصميم إلى التنفيذ ثم التشغيل. تسليم المراحل
لا يمكن تقييم الاستمرارية والصلاحيات بالكامل. تفاصيل غير كافية في WP1. الحماية والحفظ

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
التحقق من السجل الفني المرجعي للسد، وإصدارات التصميم، وتسليم البيانات بين المراحل، وبيانات التشغيل والطوارئ، والأرشفة والحماية والصلاحيات في WP2. تفاصيل إدارة البيانات متفاوتة بين الأقسام؛ بعض ممارسات التنفيذ موثقة جيدًا، بينما لا تتوفر معلومات كافية عن الدراسات والطوارئ وتنظيم التشغيل والحفظ طويل الأجل. دورة بيانات واضحة ومترابطة للسد، سجلات تنفيذ وتقارير واستلام، استخدام للوثائق التصميمية، وبيانات تشغيل وصيانة تشكل قاعدة قوية يمكن البناء عليها.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.7 إدارة السدود، الصفحات 127-140.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Dams Management

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management A dam-data life cycle from studies and design through implementation, handover, operation, maintenance, and emergency response.
Studies and Designs Reference data, studies, designs, drawings, and calculations.
Implementation Follow-up Implementation reports, records, interim payments, handover minutes, and quality control.
Operation and Maintenance Operational readings, maintenance records, equipment, and dam condition.
Emergency Rainfall, flood, indicator, and warning data supporting response.
Archives Documents, correspondence, and files for preservation and institutional reference.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Studies and Design Studies, calculations, designs, drawings, specifications, and reference data.
Implementation Progress, quality, interim payments, reports, and field observations.
Handover Minutes, approvals, and records transferring the asset from project to operation.
Operation Readings, structure condition, and performance indicators.
Maintenance Maintenance records, equipment, faults, and interventions.
Safety and Emergency Rainfall, floods, indicators, warnings, and event records.
Documents A technical record accumulated across the dam life cycle.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Interrelationship Design data are used in implementation; implementation and handover data feed the technical record; operation and emergency functions rely on the asset.
Implementation Follow-up A documented practice for producing follow-up data and reports and preserving project records.
Quality Design and field data are used to monitor implementation quality.
Handover Participation in interim and final approval and formation of the project record.
Operation and Maintenance The response confirmed production of operation and maintenance data, without full detail on organisation and frequency.
Studies and Emergency Mandates are established, but data-management practices were not described in detail.
Exchange Described as irregular only in the Implementation Follow-up response and must not be generalised to other departments.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Project Records Organised preservation of implementation follow-up records is reported.
Reference Documents Designs and drawings are used as references during implementation.
Operational Readings Within the operation and maintenance mandate; storage methods were not detailed.
Emergency Data Domains are known, but sources and management tools were not described in detail.
Multiple Producers Departments, supervision teams, contractors, and consultants contribute to data production.
Long-term Preservation Archiving, backup, and version management were not detailed in the responses.
Permissions Insufficient information was available to describe protection and access.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality and Verification Implementation follow-up includes quality control and use of reference designs.
Traceability Source, date, and reference version are important because of multiple producers.
Data Handover Transfer of data among design, implementation, handover, and operation is a central issue.
Exchange Detailed information is limited; irregularity was reported only for Implementation Follow-up.
Use Data are used in implementation, handover, operation, maintenance, safety, and emergency response.
Access Protection and permissions were not described in detail in WP1.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Clear Life Cycle Accumulated and interconnected data across dam stages.
Reference Use Design documents are directly used in implementation follow-up and technical verification.
Implementation Records Reports, records, interim payments, and handover minutes are preserved within the reported practice.
Operation and Maintenance Data Production confirmed within the responsible department.
Asset Technical Record The asset can be traced across design, implementation, handover, and operation documents.
Archives Unit Institutional role in preserving documents, correspondence, and files.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Completeness of Dam Record Data are distributed across multiple stages and departments. Importance of preserving document linkages across the dam life cycle.
Source Traceability Multiple producers and sources during implementation. Need to link data to its source and date.
Design Reference Design is used during implementation. Need to identify the reference document or version.
Time-dependent Data Implementation, operation, and emergency data are time-related. Need to preserve the historical sequence.
Stage Handover Data move from design to implementation and then operation. Risk of fragmented records if relationships are not preserved.
Protection and Preservation Insufficient details in WP1. Continuity and permissions cannot be fully assessed.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Document the components of the dam technical record and responsibility for each dataset across the life cycle.
2 Define reference versions of studies, designs, and drawings used in implementation.
3 Verify data-handover mechanisms from implementation and handover to operation and maintenance.
4 Complete the description of operational readings and safety and emergency data, including sources and frequency.
5 Document exchange, review, and approval pathways among departments and parties.
6 Complete archiving, backup, permissions, protection, and version management in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
A clear and interconnected dam data cycle, implementation records and reports, handover documentation, use of design documents, and operation and maintenance data providing a strong foundation. Data-management detail varies among departments; some implementation practices are well documented, while information on studies, emergency data, organisation of operation data, and long-term preservation is limited. Verify the dam reference technical record, design versions, data handover between stages, operation and emergency data, archiving, protection, and permissions in WP2.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.7 Dams Management, pp. 127–140.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | إدارة المناطق المائية وفروعها

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيانات ميدانية وتقارير إقليمية من الفروع والمكاتب. الوضع المائي
بيانات الآبار والمياه الجوفية ومصادر المياه. الآبار والموارد
بيانات منشآت وحالة ومتابعة ضمن النطاقات المائية. السدود
بيانات ميدانية وتخصصية مرتبطة بالمناطق. التربة والري والصرف
أمطار وحرارة ومصادر مناخية وتحليلات تأثير المناخ في المياه. المناخ
بيانات تراخيص مرتبطة بالحفر والموارد وظهر تسجيلها رقميًا. التراخيص
تقارير محلية ودورية ونصف سنوية وسنوية مركزية. التقارير

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حلقة ربط بين الوزارة والمستوى الميداني عبر الفروع والمكاتب وجمع بيانات الوضع المائي. الإدارة
إنتاج بيانات ميدانية ومراجعتها وتحليلها أوليًا ثم إحالتها. الفروع والمكاتب
تجميع بيانات المناطق وتحليلها وإعداد صورة وتقارير مركزية. شؤون المناطق والمكاتب
تحليل العلاقة بين المناخ والمياه باستخدام مصادر مناخية متعددة. التغيرات المناخية
حفظ وثائق الإدارة وملفاتها ودعم الرجوع المؤسسي. المحفوظات
تستخدم البيانات المحالة بحسب الاختصاص الفني والتخطيط والمتابعة. الإدارات المركزية

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
نماذج وزارة معتمدة لجمع البيانات في الفروع. النماذج
ظهر مباشرة في بيانات التراخيص. التسجيل الرقمي
قنوات رئيسة لنقل البيانات من الفروع إلى المركز. التقارير
محطات أرصاد ومصادر أخرى حسب الأعمال. المصادر المناخية
محلي وصفي ثم مركزي تجميعي. التحليل
تفاصيل الوسائط والحفظ طويل الأجل لم توصف بما يكفي. الحفظ
الاستجابة مجمعة؛ لا تتوفر صورة مستقلة لأنظمة كل فرع أو مكتب. الفروع الفردية

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
منتظم وفق الاستجابة المجمعة للفروع والمكاتب. الجمع الميداني
الفروع تستخدم نماذج معتمدة من الوزارة. التوحيد
تحليل وصفي أولي قبل الإحالة. التحليل المحلي
قسم شؤون المناطق يجمع البيانات ويحللها لإعداد صورة مجمعة. التحليل المركزي
دورية محليًا ونصف سنوية وسنوية مركزيًا. التقارير
تسجيل رقمي وربط ببيانات الحفر والموارد وفق الاستجابة. التراخيص
متعددة المصادر وتُحلل بحسب أعمال قسم التغيرات المناخية. البيانات المناخية

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
خمسة فروع وعدد من المكاتب المحلية تغطي نطاقًا جغرافيًا واسعًا. شبكة ميدانية واسعة
الفروع والمكاتب تنتج بيانات ميدانية بصورة منتظمة وفق الاستجابة. جمع منتظم
استخدام نماذج الوزارة يعزز المقارنة. نماذج موحدة
بيانات من الميدان إلى المركز ثم إلى الإدارات المختصة. تدفق هرمي
محلية ونصف سنوية وسنوية. تقارير دورية
تسجيل رقمي لبيانات التراخيص وربطها ببيانات الحفر والموارد. رقمنة التراخيص

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
استخدام نماذج موحدة يدعم قابلية المقارنة بين المناطق. الجودة
منتظم بين الفروع وقسم شؤون المناطق وفق الاستجابات. التبادل
تقارير دورية وبيانات ميدانية ومناخية تحتاج توثيق تاريخ القياس أو الحدث. التوقيت
ملاحظات الفجوات تختلف بين الوحدات؛ يجب تفسيرها حسب المصدر. الاكتمال
البيانات تُستخدم محليًا ومركزيًا ثم تُحال للإدارات الفنية المختصة. الاستخدام
الحفظ والنسخ الاحتياطي والوصول لم تُوصف تفصيليًا. الصلاحيات

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حصر مجموعات البيانات ومسؤولياتها على مستوى الفروع والمكاتب والمركز. 1
تثبيت المعرفات المكانية والزمنية والنماذج والتعاريف المشتركة. 2
توثيق تدفق البيانات من الميدان إلى المركز ثم إلى الإدارات المختصة. 3
استكمال توصيف الحفظ والنسخ الاحتياطي والصلاحيات في الفروع والمكاتب. 4
التحقق من ربط بيانات التراخيص والمناخ والآبار والموارد ضمن السجلات الحالية. 5
تحويل تفاوت اكتمال البيانات والظروف المحلية إلى احتياجات ومراحل واقعية في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
أهمية إسناد كل سجل إلى نطاقه المكاني. فروع ومكاتب منتشرة جغرافيًا. التغطية المكانية
الحاجة لتصنيف وربط موضوعي واضح. مياه وآبار وسدود وتربة وري وصرف ومناخ وتراخيص. تعدد المجالات
أهمية توثيق المصدر والمسؤولية. فرق ميدانية ومقاولون وجهات منفذة ومصادر مناخية. تعدد المنتجين
ضرورة ربط السجل بتاريخ القياس أو الحدث. بيانات ميدانية ودورية ومناخية. التوقيت
لا يمكن توصيف الاستمرارية من WP1. لم تتناولهما الاستجابات بالتفصيل. الحفظ والنسخ
لا يمكن المقارنة بين الفروع أو إسناد نتيجة لوحدة محددة. الاستجابة مجمعة. مستوى الفروع

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
تحويل قضايا الحفظ والصلاحيات والربط بين المجالات وتفاوت الاكتمال إلى احتياجات موثقة، مع الحفاظ على النموذج الميداني-المركزي القائم والتحقق من الفروق المحلية في WP2. نطاق جغرافي ومؤسسي واسع وتعدد المنتجين والمجالات؛ تفاصيل الحفظ والنسخ والصلاحيات محدودة، والاستجابة المجمعة لا تسمح بالمقارنة بين الفروع. جمع ميداني منتظم، نماذج وزارة موحدة، تحليل محلي ومركزي، تقارير دورية، تدفق بيانات قائم بين الفروع والمركز، وتسجيل رقمي لبيانات التراخيص.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، القسم 4.8 إدارة المناطق المائية وفروعها، الصفحات 140-156.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Water Regions Management and Its Branches

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Management A link between the Ministry and field level through branches and offices, compiling water-situation data.
Branches and Offices Produce field data, conduct initial review and analysis, and submit the results.
Regions and Offices Affairs Compiles regional data, analyses them, and prepares consolidated central reports.
Climate Change Analyses the relationship between climate and water using multiple climate sources.
Archives Preserves Management documents and files and supports institutional reference.
Central Management Units Use submitted data according to technical mandate, planning, and follow-up needs.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Water Situation Field data and regional reports from branches and offices.
Wells and Resources Well, groundwater, and water-source data.
Dams Structure, condition, and follow-up data within water regions.
Soil, Irrigation and Drainage Field and specialised data related to the regions.
Climate Rainfall, temperature, climate sources, and analyses of climate impacts on water.
Licences Licensing data related to drilling and resources, with digital registration reported.
Reports Local and periodic reports, plus semi-annual and annual central reports.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Field Collection Regular according to the consolidated response from branches and offices.
Standardisation Branches use Ministry-approved forms.
Local Analysis Initial descriptive analysis before submission.
Central Analysis The Regions Affairs Department compiles and analyses data to prepare a consolidated picture.
Reporting Periodic locally, and semi-annual and annual centrally.
Licences Digital registration linked to drilling and resource data according to the response.
Climate Data Multiple sources and analysed according to the Climate Change Department’s work.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Forms Ministry-approved forms for data collection in branches.
Digital Registration Directly reported for licensing data.
Reports Primary channels for transferring data from branches to the centre.
Climate Sources Meteorological stations and other sources according to work requirements.
Analysis Local descriptive analysis followed by central consolidation.
Storage Details of media and long-term preservation were not sufficiently described.
Individual Branches The response was consolidated; there is no independent picture of the systems used by each branch or office.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality Use of standard forms supports comparability among regions.
Exchange Regular between branches and the Regions Affairs Department according to the responses.
Timing Periodic reports and field and climate data require documentation of measurement or event date.
Completeness Gap observations vary among units and must be interpreted by source.
Use Data are used locally and centrally and then forwarded to the relevant technical management units.
Permissions Storage, backup, and access were not described in detail.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Broad Field Network Five branches and a number of local offices cover a wide geographic area.
Regular Collection Branches and offices produce field data regularly according to the response.
Standard Forms Use of Ministry forms supports comparison.
Hierarchical Flow Data move from the field to the centre and then to the relevant management units.
Periodic Reports Local, semi-annual, and annual reports.
Digital Licensing Digital registration of licensing data linked to drilling and resource data.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Spatial Coverage Branches and offices are geographically distributed. Importance of assigning every record to its spatial scope.
Multiple Domains Water, wells, dams, soil, irrigation, drainage, climate, and licences. Need for clear thematic classification and linkage.
Multiple Producers Field teams, contractors, implementing entities, and climate sources. Importance of documenting source and responsibility.
Timing Field, periodic, and climate data. Need to link each record to the measurement or event date.
Storage and Backup Not addressed in detail in the responses. Continuity cannot be described from WP1.
Branch Level The response was consolidated. Branches cannot be compared or a result attributed to a specific unit.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Inventory datasets and responsibilities at branch, office, and central levels.
2 Confirm common spatial and temporal identifiers, forms, and definitions.
3 Document the data flow from the field to the centre and then to specialised management units.
4 Complete the description of storage, backup, and permissions in branches and offices.
5 Verify the linkage of licensing, climate, well, and resource data within current records.
6 Convert differences in data completeness and local conditions into realistic needs and phases in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
Regular field collection, unified Ministry forms, local and central analysis, periodic reporting, established data flow between branches and the centre, and digital registration of licensing data. A broad geographic and institutional scope and multiple producers and domains; limited details on storage, backup, and permissions; and the consolidated response does not allow comparison among branches. Convert storage, permissions, cross-domain linkage, and completeness issues into documented needs while preserving the existing field-to-centre model and validating local differences in WP2.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Section 4.8 Water Regions Management and Its Branches, pp. 140–156.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | الشركة العامة لتحلية المياه

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
كميات المياه المنتجة ومؤشرات الإنتاج والتوقفات. الإنتاج
قياسات التشغيل والضغط والتدفق والمعلمات المرتبطة بالمعدات. التشغيل
عينات ونتائج مختبرية ومؤشرات مطابقة جودة المياه. الجودة
استهلاك الطاقة ومؤشرات الكفاءة التشغيلية. الطاقة
الوحدات والمعدات وبيانات حالتها وتشغيلها. الأصول والمعدات
الأعطال والتدخلات وقطع الغيار وسجلات الصيانة. الأعطال والصيانة
تقارير المحطات والإنتاج والجودة والكفاءة والمتابعة. التقارير

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيئة تشغيلية موزعة على محطات التحلية، مع وظائف إنتاج وتشغيل وجودة وصيانة ومتابعة. الشركة
الوحدة الرئيسة لإنتاج البيانات؛ تُجمع النتائج على مستوى الوظائف المركزية والتخصصية. المحطات
إنتاج المياه والقياسات التشغيلية والطاقة والكفاءة. الإنتاج والتشغيل
عينات ونتائج جودة المياه مرتبطة بالمحطة والمصدر والتاريخ. الجودة والمختبر
المعدات والأصول والتوقفات والأعطال وأعمال الصيانة. الصيانة والأعطال
تقارير فنية وتشغيلية تستخدم للمتابعة والقرار. التقارير والإدارة

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
موجودة إلى جانب السجلات والإجراءات اليدوية. الأدوات الرقمية
Excel وملفات تشغيلية تستخدم في التسجيل والتحليل والتقارير. ملفات مكتبية
موجودة في بعض مصادر البيانات وليست شاملة لجميع المراحل. الأتمتة
موزعة بين المحطات والإدارات. مواقع التخزين
لم يظهر مستودع أو منصة موحدة على مستوى الشركة في WP1. المنصة الشاملة
لم يظهر وصف موحد للحفظ طويل الأجل. الأرشفة
لم تتوفر معلومات مؤسسية موحدة كافية لتوصيفها. النسخ والصلاحيات

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
مستمر ومرتبط مباشرة بالعمليات التشغيلية والمخبرية. الإنتاج
مزيج من التسجيل الرقمي واليدوي والملفات المكتبية. الجمع
موزع بين المحطات والإدارات بحسب ترتيبات العمل. التخزين
إنتاج وجودة وكفاءة وتوقفات باستخدام الأدوات المتاحة. التحليل
قائمة وتستخدم في المتابعة الإدارية والفنية. التقارير
قائم بين المحطات والإدارات دون ظهور منصة شاملة موحدة. التبادل
ربط الإنتاج والجودة والتشغيل والصيانة قائم بدرجات متفاوتة. التكامل

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
المحطات تولد بيانات تشغيل وجودة بصورة مستمرة. إنتاج مستمر
البيانات تستخدم في مراقبة الإنتاج والجودة واتخاذ القرار. استخدام فعلي
مخرجات للمستويات الفنية والإدارية. تقارير دورية
تشغيل وصيانة ومختبرات وجودة ومتابعة. وظائف تخصصية
إنتاج وجودة وكفاءة المحطات والتوقفات. تحليل الأداء
معرفة متراكمة مرتبطة بتشغيل محطات متعددة. خبرة تشغيلية

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
النتائج تُراجع ضمن المسارات التشغيلية والمخبرية. الجودة والتحقق
كل قراءة أو عينة تحتاج الارتباط بالمحطة والمصدر والتاريخ. التتبع
قائم عبر قنوات العمل، مع تفاوت في التوقيت وطرق التسجيل. التبادل
مباشر في متابعة الإنتاج والجودة والكفاءة والقرار التشغيلي. الاستخدام
تقارير فنية وتشغيلية على مستوى المحطات والإدارة. التقارير
لم تتوفر معلومات كافية لتوصيف إطار موحد وصلاحيات تفصيلية. الحوكمة والوصول

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حصر مجموعات بيانات كل محطة وربطها بالمحطة والوحدة والمعدة والعينة والفترة. 1
التحقق من توحيد المؤشرات والقوالب ووحدات القياس بين المحطات. 2
توثيق الربط الحالي بين الإنتاج والجودة والطاقة والتشغيل والصيانة. 3
تحديد مسارات التجميع والتقارير المركزية ومصادر التأخير أو التكرار. 4
استكمال توصيف الأرشفة والبيانات التاريخية والنسخ الاحتياطي والصلاحيات. 5
تحويل تفاوت الأتمتة والتكامل إلى احتياجات ومراحل واقعية في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
تعدد مواقع الاسترجاع والحاجة إلى التجميع. الحفظ بين المحطات والإدارات. توزيع البيانات
اختلاف بنية بعض السجلات قبل الدمج. رقمي ويدوي وملفات مكتبية. تنوع التسجيل
الحاجة لتجميع مجموعات مستقلة لإعداد صورة الشركة. ربط الإنتاج والجودة والتشغيل والصيانة جزئي. التكامل
تأخر إعداد المؤشرات المجمعة. تأخر ورود بعض البيانات. التوقيت
لا يمكن تقييم استمرارية جميع السجلات. لا يوجد وصف مؤسسي موحد كافٍ. الأرشفة والنسخ
لا يمكن تحديد مسؤوليات الوصول والتعديل لكل سجل. لم تتوفر تفاصيل موحدة. الصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
توحيد نطاقات البيانات والمؤشرات وتتبع المصدر، والتحقق من تكامل الإنتاج والجودة والطاقة والصيانة، واستكمال الأرشفة والنسخ والصلاحيات كموضوعات WP2. البيانات موزعة بين المحطات والإدارات، التسجيل رقمي ويدوي، والتكامل جزئي؛ ولا تتوفر صورة مؤسسية موحدة كافية عن الحوكمة والصلاحيات والنسخ والأرشفة. بيئة تشغيلية نشطة ومنتجة للبيانات، استخدام مباشر في الإنتاج والجودة والقرار، تقارير قائمة، وظائف تخصصية وأدوات رقمية وتحليل أداء يمكن البناء عليه.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، الفصل الخامس - نتائج الشركة العامة لتحلية المياه.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | General Desalination Company

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Company A distributed operational environment across desalination plants, with production, operation, quality, maintenance, and follow-up functions.
Plants The principal unit for data production; results are aggregated at central and specialised functional levels.
Production and Operation Water production, operational measurements, energy, and efficiency.
Quality and Laboratory Samples and water-quality results linked to plant, source, and date.
Maintenance and Faults Equipment and assets, stoppages, faults, and maintenance activities.
Reporting and Management Technical and operational reports used for follow-up and decision-making.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Production Quantities of water produced, production indicators, and stoppages.
Operation Operating measurements, pressure, flow, and equipment-related parameters.
Quality Samples, laboratory results, and water-quality compliance indicators.
Energy Energy consumption and operational-efficiency indicators.
Assets and Equipment Units, equipment, condition, and operation data.
Faults and Maintenance Faults, interventions, spare parts, and maintenance records.
Reports Plant, production, quality, efficiency, and follow-up reports.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Production Continuous and directly linked to operational and laboratory processes.
Collection A combination of digital and manual recording and office files.
Storage Distributed among plants and management units according to work arrangements.
Analysis Production, quality, efficiency, and stoppage analysis using available tools.
Reporting Established and used for administrative and technical follow-up.
Exchange Exists between plants and management units without a comprehensive unified platform being evident.
Integration Production, quality, operation, and maintenance are linked to varying degrees.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Digital Tools Exist alongside manual records and procedures.
Office Files Excel and operational files are used for recording, analysis, and reporting.
Automation Exists in some data sources but is not comprehensive across all stages.
Storage Locations Distributed among plants and management units.
Comprehensive Platform No unified company-wide repository or platform was evident in WP1.
Archiving No unified description of long-term preservation was evident.
Backup and Permissions Insufficient unified institutional information was available to describe them.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Quality and Verification Results are reviewed within operational and laboratory pathways.
Traceability Every reading or sample needs to be linked to plant, source, and date.
Exchange Exists through work channels, with variation in timing and recording methods.
Use Directly supports production, quality, efficiency, and operational decisions.
Reporting Technical and operational reports at plant and management levels.
Governance and Access Insufficient information was available to describe a unified framework and detailed permissions.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Continuous Production Plants continuously generate operation and quality data.
Actual Use Data are used to monitor production and quality and support decisions.
Periodic Reports Outputs for technical and administrative levels.
Specialised Functions Operation, maintenance, laboratories, quality, and follow-up.
Performance Analysis Production, quality, plant efficiency, and stoppages.
Operational Expertise Accumulated knowledge associated with operating multiple plants.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Data Distribution Storage is distributed among plants and management units. Multiple retrieval locations and need for consolidation.
Recording Diversity Digital, manual, and office-file recording. Differences in the structure of some records before integration.
Integration Production, quality, operation, and maintenance are only partially linked. Need to consolidate separate datasets to form a company-wide view.
Timing Some data arrive late. Delay in preparing consolidated indicators.
Archiving and Backup No sufficiently unified institutional description exists. Continuity of all records cannot be assessed.
Permissions No unified details were available. Access and modification responsibilities for each record cannot be determined.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Inventory datasets for each plant and link them to plant, unit, equipment, sample, and period.
2 Verify standardisation of indicators, templates, and units of measurement among plants.
3 Document the current linkage among production, quality, energy, operation, and maintenance.
4 Identify central aggregation and reporting pathways and sources of delay or duplication.
5 Complete the description of archiving, historical data, backup, and permissions.
6 Convert variations in automation and integration into realistic needs and phases in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
An active operational environment producing data, direct use in production, quality, and decision-making, established reports, specialised functions, digital tools, and performance analysis that can be built upon. Data are distributed among plants and management units, recording is both digital and manual, and integration is partial; a unified institutional picture of governance, permissions, backup, and archiving is not sufficiently available. Standardise data scopes and indicators and source traceability; verify integration across production, quality, energy, and maintenance; and complete archiving, backup, and permissions as WP2 subjects.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Chapter Five – Results of the General Desalination Company.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | الشركة العامة للمياه والصرف الصحي

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
المصادر والآبار والإنتاج والضخ وكميات المياه. المصادر والإنتاج
الخزانات ومحطات الضخ وخطوط النقل وشبكات التوزيع. الخزانات والشبكات
الشبكات ومحطات المعالجة والتشغيل والصيانة. الصرف الصحي
الأصول والأعطال والبلاغات والتدخلات وسجل الصيانة. الأصول والصيانة
نتائج عينات المياه ومتابعة الجودة عبر المنظومات. الجودة
الحسابات والتوصيلات والعدادات والاستهلاك والشكاوى. المشتركون
الفوترة والتحصيل والخرائط والمخططات والمواقع. المالية والمكانية

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيئة بيانات واسعة وموزعة جغرافيًا عبر المركز والمناطق والمكاتب ومراكز الخدمة والمنشآت. الشركة
مصادر المياه والآبار والإنتاج والضخ والخزانات. مصادر وإنتاج
النقل والتوزيع والصرف الصحي والأصول والأعطال والصيانة. الشبكات والأصول
عينات ومتابعة جودة المياه عبر المصادر والخزانات والشبكات. الجودة
المشتركون والعدادات والاستهلاك والشكاوى والتوصيلات والفوترة والتحصيل. المشتركون والخدمة
استخدام داخلي وخارجي للبيانات مع جهات قطاعية ومحلية وصحية. التنسيق

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
مزيج من سجلات ورقية وملفات رقمية وجداول وتقارير. الملفات والسجلات
مراجع للشبكات والمنشآت مع تفاوت في التحديث. الخرائط والمخططات
سجلات وظيفية تدعم الخدمة والتحصيل. بيانات المشتركين والفوترة
موزعة بين البلاغات وتقارير الفرق والمواقع. بيانات الصيانة
استخدام الحواسيب قائم؛ الأدوات تختلف بحسب الوظيفة والموقع. الأدوات الرقمية
لم يظهر مستودع شامل موحد في WP1. المستودع المؤسسي
لا تظهر ترتيبات موحدة شاملة في جميع المواقع. النسخ والاسترجاع

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
موزع على المصادر والمنشآت والمناطق ومراكز الخدمة. الإنتاج
ورقي ورقمي وبوتيرة تختلف بحسب المؤشر والوظيفة. الجمع
موزع بين إدارات ومناطق ومكاتب وملفات متعددة. التخزين
قائم لأغراض التشغيل والصيانة والخدمة والتقارير. التحليل
داخلي وخارجي بدرجات متفاوتة من الانتظام. التبادل
مراجعات فنية مع تفاوت في الاكتمال والحداثة. الجودة
أساسية للشبكات والأصول والخدمة مع تفاوت تحديث الخرائط. البيانات المكانية

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
تشغيلي وفني وخدمي ومالي ومكاني. نطاق بيانات واسع
البيانات تستخدم في الضخ والتوزيع والصيانة وتقديم الخدمة. استخدام مباشر
المناطق والمكاتب ومراكز الخدمة تنتج بيانات ميدانية وخدمية. نقاط جمع محلية
ممارسات قائمة للمتابعة المؤسسية. سجلات وتقارير
مرجع للشبكات والمنشآت والأصول. خرائط ومخططات
خبرة متراكمة في تشغيل منظومات واسعة وخدمة المشتركين. خبرة تشغيلية

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
إجراءات مراجعة فنية تظهر في عدد من الوظائف. التحقق
اكتمال وتوقيت البيانات يختلفان بين المناطق والوظائف. الحداثة
يختلف انتظامه بين المركز والمناطق ويشمل تبادلًا خارجيًا. التبادل
المعلومات المتاحة عن الصلاحيات والتعديل محدودة وغير موحدة. الوصول
تشغيل يومي وصيانة وخدمة وتقارير وتخطيط وتنسيق. الاستخدام
الحفاظ على ارتباط البيانات بالمصدر والموقع والأصل والمشترك والفترة الزمنية أساسي للتفسير. السياق

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
حصر مجموعات البيانات ووحداتها المرجعية: المصدر والبئر والمحطة والخزان والشبكة والأصل والمشترك. 1
توحيد التعاريف والنماذج والرموز ووحدات القياس بين المناطق والوظائف. 2
التحقق من الربط بين المصادر والشبكات والأصول والمشتركين والجودة والصيانة. 3
تحديد مرجعية الخرائط والمخططات وآليات تحديث البيانات المكانية. 4
استكمال الأرشفة والبيانات التاريخية والنسخ الاحتياطي والاسترجاع والصلاحيات. 5
تحويل التفاوت المكاني والرقمي إلى مراحل وأولويات تنفيذية واقعية في WP2. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
تعدد مواقع الاسترجاع وصعوبة تكوين سجل متكامل. حفظ بين المركز والمناطق والمكاتب. توزيع البيانات
تفاوت بنية بعض البيانات. نماذج ووسائل متعددة. اختلاف التسجيل
صعوبة تكوين صورة تشغيلية موحدة. ربط محدود بين المصادر والشبكات والمشتركين والصيانة والجودة. التكامل
تفاوت حداثة بيانات الشبكات والأصول. اختلاف تحديث الخرائط والمخططات. البيانات المكانية
محدودية التحليل طويل الأجل. صعوبة استرجاع بعض السجلات وتعدد مصادر الحفظ. التاريخ والأرشفة
مخاطر استرجاع ووصول لا يمكن تقييمها بالكامل. لا تظهر ترتيبات موحدة شاملة. النسخ والصلاحيات

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
تحويل قضايا الربط بين المصادر والشبكات والأصول والمشتركين والجودة والصيانة، وتحديث الخرائط والأرشفة والنسخ والصلاحيات إلى احتياجات موثقة في WP2. بيانات موزعة جغرافيًا ووظيفيًا، وسائل تسجيل متعددة، تكامل جزئي، صعوبة استرجاع بعض السجلات التاريخية وتفاوت تحديث الخرائط، مع نقص وصف موحد للصلاحيات والنسخ. قاعدة تشغيلية وخبرات وسجلات واسعة، استخدام فعلي للبيانات في التشغيل والصيانة والخدمة، خرائط ومخططات وبيانات جودة ومشتركين وتقارير يمكن البناء عليها.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، الفصل السادس - نتائج الشركة العامة للمياه والصرف الصحي.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | General Company for Water and Wastewater

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Company A broad, geographically distributed data environment across headquarters, regions, offices, service centres, and facilities.
Sources and Production Water sources, wells, production, pumping, and reservoirs.
Networks and Assets Transmission, distribution, wastewater, assets, faults, and maintenance.
Quality Samples and water-quality follow-up across sources, reservoirs, and networks.
Subscribers and Service Subscribers, meters, consumption, complaints, connections, billing, and collection.
Coordination Internal and external use of data with sectoral, local, and health entities.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Sources and Production Sources, wells, production, pumping, and water quantities.
Reservoirs and Networks Reservoirs, pumping stations, transmission lines, and distribution networks.
Wastewater Networks, treatment plants, operation, and maintenance.
Assets and Maintenance Assets, faults, notifications, interventions, and maintenance records.
Quality Water-sample results and quality follow-up across systems.
Subscribers Accounts, connections, meters, consumption, and complaints.
Financial and Spatial Billing, collection, maps, plans, and locations.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Production Distributed across sources, facilities, regions, and service centres.
Collection Paper and digital, with frequency varying by indicator and function.
Storage Distributed among management units, regions, offices, and multiple files.
Analysis Conducted for operation, maintenance, service, and reporting purposes.
Exchange Internal and external with varying degrees of regularity.
Quality Technical reviews with variation in completeness and currency.
Spatial Data Fundamental for networks, assets, and service, with varying map-update status.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
Files and Records A mixture of paper records, digital files, spreadsheets, and reports.
Maps and Plans References for networks and facilities, with varying update status.
Subscriber and Billing Data Functional records supporting service delivery and collection.
Maintenance Data Distributed among notifications, field-team reports, and sites.
Digital Tools Computers are in use; tools vary according to function and location.
Institutional Repository No comprehensive unified repository was evident in WP1.
Backup and Retrieval Comprehensive unified arrangements were not evident across all locations.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Verification Technical review procedures are evident in a number of functions.
Currency Data completeness and timing vary among regions and functions.
Exchange Regularity varies between headquarters and regions and includes external exchange.
Access Available information on permissions and modification is limited and not unified.
Use Daily operation, maintenance, service, reporting, planning, and coordination.
Context Maintaining linkage to source, location, asset, subscriber, and time period is essential for interpretation.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Broad Data Scope Operational, technical, service, financial, and spatial.
Direct Use Data are used in pumping, distribution, maintenance, and service delivery.
Local Collection Points Regions, offices, and service centres produce field and service data.
Records and Reports Existing practices for institutional follow-up.
Maps and Plans References for networks, facilities, and assets.
Operational Expertise Accumulated experience in operating extensive systems and serving subscribers.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Data Distribution Storage is distributed among headquarters, regions, and offices. Multiple retrieval locations and difficulty forming an integrated record.
Recording Differences Multiple forms and media. Variation in the structure of some data.
Integration Limited linkage among sources, networks, subscribers, maintenance, and quality. Difficulty forming a unified operational picture.
Spatial Data Different update status for maps and plans. Variation in the currency of network and asset data.
History and Archiving Difficulty retrieving some records and multiple storage sources. Limited long-term analysis.
Backup and Permissions Comprehensive unified arrangements are not evident. Retrieval and access risks cannot be fully assessed.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Inventory datasets and their reference units: source, well, station, reservoir, network, asset, and subscriber.
2 Standardise definitions, forms, codes, and units of measurement across regions and functions.
3 Verify linkage among sources, networks, assets, subscribers, quality, and maintenance.
4 Define reference maps and plans and mechanisms for updating spatial data.
5 Complete archiving, historical data, backup, retrieval, and permissions.
6 Convert spatial and digital variations into realistic implementation phases and priorities in WP2.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
An extensive operational base of data, experience, and records; actual use of data in operation, maintenance, and service; and maps, plans, quality data, subscriber data, and reports that can be built upon. Data are geographically and functionally distributed, recording methods vary, integration is partial, some historical records are difficult to retrieve, and map updating varies; while a unified description of permissions and backup is lacking. Convert issues of linkage among sources, networks, assets, subscribers, quality, and maintenance, map updating, archiving, backup, and permissions into documented needs in WP2.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Chapter Six – Results of the General Company for Water and Wastewater.

WP1الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات
المحتوى الكامل من الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1
نتائج WP1 - الوضع الحالي لإدارة البيانات | جهاز تنفيذ وإدارة مشروع النهر الصناعي

2. البيانات الرئيسية ومصادرها

النتيجة / البيان المحور
الإنتاج وحالة الآبار والحقول والبيانات التشغيلية ذات الصلة. الآبار والحقول
المضخات والمحطات والتدفق والضغط والطاقة. الضخ والإنتاج
الخطوط والمقاطع والخزانات والتدفقات والضغوط. الخطوط والخزانات
فتحات التغذية ونقاط القياس والتوزيع والجهات المستفيدة. نقاط التسليم
الأصل أو الموقع والعطل والتدخلات والصيانة. الأعطال والصيانة
نقاط قياس زمنية آلية وقراءات ونماذج يدوية للاستكمال والتحقق. SCADA واليدوي
تقارير دورية وبيانات أصول ومسارات ومواقع. التقارير والمكان

1. النطاق المؤسسي ومسؤوليات البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
بيئة بيانات تشغيلية ومؤسسية تغطي الآبار والحقول والضخ والخطوط والخزانات ونقاط التسليم. الجهاز
SCADA وغرف تحكم لجمع ومراقبة البيانات التشغيلية. المراقبة والتحكم
خوادم وقاعدة بيانات مركزية مع توزيع بعض البيانات بين الإدارات. التخزين
مسؤوليات محددة وسياسات ومعايير وصلاحيات وحماية وتتبع للتعديلات. الحوكمة
بيانات أعطال وتدخلات مرتبطة بالتشغيل والأصول. الصيانة
تشغيل وتخطيط وصيانة وتوزيع وتقارير استراتيجية ودعم قرارات فورية. الاستخدام

4. الأنظمة والأدوات ووسائل الحفظ

النتيجة / البيان المحور
مراقبة آلية واسعة للمكونات التشغيلية. SCADA
استخدام مباشر للبيانات في التشغيل والمراقبة. غرف التحكم
نقطة مركزية لتجميع جزء مهم من البيانات. قاعدة مركزية
وسيلة التخزين الرقمية الرئيسية. الخوادم
موجود، والاسترجاع ممكن بسهولة وفق الاستجابة. النسخ الاحتياطي
غير موجودة رغم وجود قاعدة مركزية. المنصة الموحدة
لم يظهر استخدامه ضمن الاستجابة. GIS

3. الوضع الحالي لدورة إدارة البيانات

النتيجة / البيان المحور
آلي عبر SCADA ويدوي من بعض المصادر الميدانية. الجمع
غرف التحكم تستخدم البيانات في التشغيل الفوري. المراقبة
رقمي على الخوادم مع قاعدة مركزية وبعض التوزيع بين الإدارات. التخزين
تحليل الضخ والتدفق والخطوط والأعطال وربط الأعطال بالتشغيل. المعالجة
تحقق وتصحيح، مع وجود أخطاء متكررة وموثوقية جزئية وفق الاستجابة. الجودة
قائم بين الإدارات، لكن دون منصة موحدة. التبادل
التقارير التحليلية غير منتظمة وفق الاستجابة. التقارير

6. نقاط القوة والممارسات القائمة

النتيجة / البيان المحور
أفادت الاستجابة بعدم وجود ازدواجية أو تداخل. وضوح المسؤوليات
قاعدة مركزية وخوادم. التجميع المركزي
SCADA وغرف التحكم. المراقبة الآلية
آبار وضخ وخطوط وخزانات ونقاط تسليم. التغطية التشغيلية
تدفق وخطوط وأعطال وربط بالأداء التشغيلي. التحليل
نسخ احتياطي واسترجاع سهل مع خبرة تشغيلية وفنية متراكمة. الاستمرارية

5. الجودة والتبادل والوصول والاستخدام

النتيجة / البيان المحور
سياسات مكتوبة ومعايير موحدة وصلاحيات وصول وحماية وتتبع. الحوكمة
تحقق وتصحيح مع أخطاء متكررة وموثوقية جزئية. الجودة
قائم بين الإدارات وسياسات مشاركة موجودة، دون منصة موحدة. التبادل
مراقبة التشغيل والتسرب والفاقد والصيانة والتوزيع والتخطيط. الاستخدام
جزئي من البئر إلى نقطة التسليم وفق الاستجابة. التتبع
قوي في التشغيل الفوري؛ جزئي لبعض القرارات التحليلية وتقييم المخاطر. دعم القرار

8. الأولويات التشخيصية المنقولة للتحقق في WP2

النتيجة / البيان المحور
توثيق قواعد دمج بيانات SCADA والقراءات اليدوية ومزامنة التوقيت والتعاريف. 1
التحقق من متطلبات التقارير التحليلية ومؤشرات الأداء ودوريتها. 2
استكمال تتبع البيانات من البئر والحقول عبر الخطوط والخزانات حتى نقاط التسليم. 3
تحديد معالجة فجوات القياس والسجل التاريخي وقواعد الجودة والتصحيح. 4
التحقق من دور البيانات المكانية واحتياجات الربط المكاني في WP2. 5
البناء على الحوكمة والنسخ الاحتياطي مع استكمال المنصة والتكامل والقدرات التدريبية. 6

7. الفجوات والمخاطر والملاحظات التشخيصية

الأثر نتيجة WP1 القضية
اختلاف الصيغ والتوقيت وتأخر التجميع. صعوبة دمج SCADA والبيانات اليدوية. التكامل
توزع الوصول ومحدودية المقارنة الدورية. لا منصة موحدة وتقارير تحليلية غير منتظمة. المنصة والتقارير
تأثر دورية المتابعة والتحليل. استخراجها محدود في الوقت المناسب. مؤشرات الأداء
الحاجة للمراجعة قبل الاستخدام. أخطاء متكررة وموثوقية جزئية. جودة البيانات
فجوات في القياس والسلاسل الزمنية. تعطل بعض العدادات وفترات دون سجلات. القياس والتاريخ
محدودية التحليل المكاني المباشر للأصول والأحداث. لم يظهر استخدامه. GIS

الخلاصة التنفيذية لـ WP1 والانتقال إلى WP2

ما ينتقل للتحقق في WP2 ما كشفه WP1 ما هو قائم ويمكن البناء عليه
التركيز في WP2 على تكامل SCADA واليدوي، التقارير والمؤشرات، التتبع الكامل، جودة البيانات والفجوات التاريخية والربط المكاني، مع البناء على الحوكمة الحالية. صعوبة دمج المصادر الآلية واليدوية، عدم وجود منصة موحدة وتقارير تحليلية منتظمة، محدودية بعض المؤشرات، أخطاء وفجوات قياس وتاريخ، وعدم ظهور GIS. حوكمة ومسؤوليات واضحة، SCADA وغرف تحكم، خوادم وقاعدة مركزية، نسخ احتياطي واسترجاع، تحليل تشغيلي وتغطية واسعة وخبرة فنية متراكمة.

المصدر: تقرير نتائج WP1، الفصل السابع - نتائج جهاز تنفيذ وإدارة مشروع النهر الصناعي.

WP1Current Data Management Situation
Complete content from the WP1 Executive Summary
WP1 Results – Current Data Management Situation | Man-Made River Project Implementation and Management Authority

1. Institutional Scope and Data Responsibilities

Axis Result / Statement
Authority An operational and institutional data environment covering wells, fields, pumping, pipelines, reservoirs, and delivery points.
Monitoring and Control SCADA and control rooms for collecting and monitoring operational data.
Storage Servers and a central database, with some data distributed among management units.
Governance Defined responsibilities, policies, standards, permissions, protection, and change traceability.
Maintenance Fault and intervention data linked to operation and assets.
Use Operation, planning, maintenance, distribution, strategic reporting, and real-time decision support.

2. Main Data and Sources

Axis Result / Statement
Wells and Fields Production, well and field status, and related operational data.
Pumping and Production Pumps, stations, flow, pressure, and energy.
Pipelines and Reservoirs Pipelines, sections, reservoirs, flows, and pressures.
Delivery Points Feed openings, measurement and distribution points, and beneficiary entities.
Faults and Maintenance Asset or location, fault, interventions, and maintenance.
SCADA and Manual Data Automatic time-based measurement points and manual readings and forms for completion and verification.
Reports and Spatial Data Periodic reports and asset, route, and location data.

3. Current Data Management Lifecycle

Axis Result / Statement
Collection Automatic through SCADA and manual from some field sources.
Monitoring Control rooms use data for real-time operation.
Storage Digital on servers, with a central database and some distribution among management units.
Processing Analysis of pumping, flow, pipelines, and faults, linking faults to operation.
Quality Verification and correction, with recurring errors and partial reliability according to the response.
Exchange Exists among management units, but without a unified platform.
Reporting Analytical reports are irregular according to the response.

4. Systems, Tools and Storage Media

Axis Result / Statement
SCADA Extensive automated monitoring of operational components.
Control Rooms Direct use of data in operation and monitoring.
Central Database A central point for consolidating an important share of the data.
Servers The principal digital storage medium.
Backup Exists, with easy retrieval according to the response.
Unified Platform Not available despite the presence of a central database.
GIS Its use was not indicated in the response.

5. Quality, Exchange, Access and Use

Axis Result / Statement
Governance Written policies, unified standards, access permissions, protection, and traceability.
Quality Verification and correction with recurring errors and partial reliability.
Exchange Exists among management units and sharing policies are in place, without a unified platform.
Use Operational monitoring, leakage and loss, maintenance, distribution, and planning.
Traceability Partial from the well to the delivery point according to the response.
Decision Support Strong for real-time operation; partial for some analytical decisions and risk assessment.

6. Strengths and Existing Practices

Axis Result / Statement
Clear Responsibilities The response indicated no duplication or overlap.
Central Aggregation Central database and servers.
Automated Monitoring SCADA and control rooms.
Operational Coverage Wells, pumping, pipelines, reservoirs, and delivery points.
Analysis Flow, pipelines, faults, and linkage to operational performance.
Continuity Backup and easy retrieval, supported by accumulated operational and technical expertise.

7. Gaps, Risks and Diagnostic Observations

Issue WP1 Result Impact
Integration Difficulty integrating SCADA and manual data. Different formats and timing and delayed aggregation.
Platform and Reporting No unified platform and analytical reports are irregular. Distributed access and limited periodic comparison.
Performance Indicators Limited timely extraction. Reduced regularity of follow-up and analysis.
Data Quality Recurring errors and partial reliability. Need for review before use.
Measurement and History Some meters are out of service and periods lack records. Gaps in measurements and time series.
GIS Use was not indicated. Limited direct spatial analysis of assets and events.

8. Diagnostic Priorities Carried Forward for Validation in WP2

Axis Result / Statement
1 Document rules for integrating SCADA and manual readings and synchronising timing and definitions.
2 Verify requirements for analytical reports and performance indicators and their frequency.
3 Complete data traceability from wells and fields through pipelines and reservoirs to delivery points.
4 Define treatment of measurement gaps, historical records, and quality and correction rules.
5 Verify the role of spatial data and spatial-integration needs in WP2.
6 Build on existing governance and backup while completing the platform, integration, and training capacities.

WP1 Executive Summary and Transition to WP2

What Exists and Can Be Built Upon What WP1 Revealed What Moves Forward for Validation in WP2
Clear governance and responsibilities, SCADA and control rooms, servers and a central database, backup and retrieval, operational analysis, broad coverage, and accumulated technical expertise. Difficulty integrating automatic and manual sources, no unified platform or regular analytical reporting, limited availability of some indicators, errors and measurement/history gaps, and no evident GIS use. Focus WP2 on SCADA/manual integration, reports and indicators, end-to-end traceability, data quality and historical gaps, and spatial linkage, while building on existing governance.

Source: WP1 Results Report, Chapter Seven – Results of the Man-Made River Project Implementation and Management Authority.

الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة المشروعات | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل قسم التنفيذ والإشراف على المشروعات؛ قسم الدراسات والتصاميم الهندسية؛ قسم الشؤون الفنية والمتابعة.
الحالة المستهدفة ملف إلكتروني متكامل لكل مشروع يبدأ من الدراسة والتصميم ويستمر خلال التعاقد والتنفيذ والإشراف والاستلام والإقفال.
المبدأ المرجعي معرف ثابت وموحد لكل مشروع يربط جميع البيانات والوثائق، بحيث لا تحتفظ الأقسام بسجلات منفصلة وغير مترابطة.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 بيانات تعريف المشروع 7 بيانات التنفيذ
2 الدراسات 8 بيانات التكلفة
3 التصاميم 9 بيانات الجودة
4 المواصفات وجداول الكميات 10 بيانات المتابعة
5 بيانات العقود 11 البيانات المكانية
6 الجداول الزمنية 12 الوثائق
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات الستة عشر
المجموعة الاحتياجات
أ. سجل المشروع والمرجعية 1. إنشاء سجل موحد لجميع المشروعات. 2. تخصيص معرف ثابت لكل مشروع. 3. ربط جميع البيانات والوثائق بمعرف المشروع.
ب. الدراسات والتصاميم والوثائق 4. تنظيم الدراسات والتصاميم والرسومات. 5. تحديد النسخة المعتمدة من كل وثيقة.
ج. التنفيذ والجدولة والمتابعة 6. إدارة الجداول الزمنية ونسب الإنجاز. 7. مقارنة التنفيذ المخطط بالتنفيذ الفعلي.
د. التكلفة والعقود والتغييرات والجودة 8. ربط الجداول الزمنية بالتكاليف والميزانية. 9. تنظيم العقود والضمانات وبيانات المقاولين. 10. تسجيل أوامر التغيير والتمديدات. 11. تنظيم بيانات الفحوصات والجودة والموافقات.
هـ. التقارير والتحليل والموقع 12. إعداد تقارير ومؤشرات موحدة. 13. ربط المشروعات بالمواقع والخرائط.
و. الحوكمة والاستمرارية والقدرات 14. تحديد صلاحيات الإدخال والمراجعة والاعتماد. 15. حماية البيانات وتوفير النسخ الاحتياطي والاستعادة. 16. تدريب الموظفين على النظام وأدوات المتابعة.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-PRJ-01 توحيد بيانات المشروعات OBJ-PRJ-06 تعزيز تكامل البيانات بين الأقسام
OBJ-PRJ-02 تحسين متابعة تنفيذ المشروعات OBJ-PRJ-07 دعم التحليل المكاني وربط المشروعات بالمواقع
OBJ-PRJ-03 تنظيم بيانات الدراسات والتصاميم OBJ-PRJ-08 تحسين جودة بيانات المشروعات
OBJ-PRJ-04 ضبط الإصدارات والمراجعة والاعتماد OBJ-PRJ-09 تعزيز قابلية تتبع التعديلات والقرارات
OBJ-PRJ-05 دعم التحليل والمتابعة OBJ-PRJ-10 حماية البيانات وضمان استمراريتها
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم النتيجة المطلوبة
قسم التنفيذ والإشراف معرفة حالة كل مشروع مباشرة: نسبة الإنجاز، التأخير، التكلفة الفعلية، الأعمال المنفذة، الملاحظات المفتوحة، التغييرات المعتمدة، وضع العقود والضمانات، والإجراءات المطلوبة.
قسم الدراسات والتصاميم الهندسية مرجع واضح للدراسات والتصاميم يحدد الإصدار الحالي والمعتمد، الجهة المعدة والمراجعة، تاريخ الاعتماد، الملاحظات والتعديلات وعلاقتها بالمواصفات وجداول الكميات.
قسم الشؤون الفنية والمتابعة تقرير موحد ومحدث عن جميع المشروعات يوضح العدد والمراحل ونسب الإنجاز والمشروعات المتأخرة أو المتعثرة والتكلفة المخططة والفعلية والمشكلات والإجراءات والقرارات المطلوبة.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة الدراسات والبحوث المائية | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل قسم الموارد المائية؛ قسم تقييم ورصد ومراقبة مصادر المياه؛ قسم الدراسات الجيوفيزيائية؛ قسم التخطيط والإدارة المتكاملة للموارد المائية؛ قسم نظم المعلومات الجغرافية
الحالة المستهدفة أظهرت نتائج WP2 حاجة الإدارة إلى تنظيم بيانات الموارد المائية ضمن بيئة مترابطة تحفظ البيانات الخام والمعالجة، وتربط كل سجل بمصدره وموقعه وتاريخه وحالة مراجعته.
المبدأ المرجعي استخدام معرفات وسجلات مرجعية موحدة، مع ربط البيانات بمصدرها وموقعها وتاريخها وحالة مراجعتها وصلاحيات استخدامها.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 قاعدة مركزية لبيانات الموارد المائية 4 تنظيم بيانات جودة المياه
2 تنظيم بيانات الآبار والمصادر والأحواض 5 حفظ البيانات الجيوفيزيائية الخام والمعالجة
3 إدارة القياسات والسلاسل الزمنية 6 إدارة سرود الآبار والتفسيرات
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (16)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
السجلات والمرجعية 1. حصر مجموعات البيانات وتحديد المسؤول عن كل مجموعة. 2. إنشاء مرجع موحد لبيانات الموارد المائية. 3. اعتماد معرفات ثابتة للآبار والمحطات ومواقع الرصد والأحواض.
البيانات والوثائق 1. توحيد وحدات القياس والتصنيفات والتعريفات. 2. إدارة السلاسل الزمنية والقياسات الدورية. 3. حفظ البيانات الخام والمعالجة دون فقد مراحل العمل.
المتابعة والتحليل 1. ربط البيانات بمواقعها باستخدام نظم المعلومات الجغرافية. 2. توثيق مصدر البيانات وتاريخها وطريقة إنتاجها. 3. تطبيق إجراءات التحقق وضبط الجودة.
التكامل والجودة 1. حفظ الدراسات والنماذج والخرائط والتقارير وإصداراتها. 2. دعم التحليل والنمذجة والموازنات المائية. 3. إعداد المؤشرات والتقارير ولوحات المتابعة.
الحوكمة والاستمرارية 1. تنظيم تبادل البيانات بين الأقسام والإدارات والمناطق المائية. 2. تحديد مستويات الوصول إلى البيانات. 3. توفير النسخ الاحتياطي وإمكانية الاسترجاع.
القدرات والدعم 1. تدريب الموظفين على إدارة البيانات والبرامج التخصصية.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-WRS-01 تنظيم بيانات الموارد المائية OBJ-WRS-06 تعزيز التكامل المكاني
OBJ-WRS-02 تحسين إدارة بيانات الرصد OBJ-WRS-07 تحسين جودة البيانات
OBJ-WRS-03 تنظيم البيانات الجيوفيزيائية OBJ-WRS-08 تعزيز قابلية التتبع
OBJ-WRS-04 دعم الدراسات والنمذجة OBJ-WRS-09 دعم التقارير واتخاذ القرار
OBJ-WRS-05 دعم التخطيط المتكامل OBJ-WRS-10 المحافظة على البيانات العلمية
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
قسم الموارد المائية يجب أن يتمكن القسم من الوصول إلى بيانات موحدة ومحدثة عن الموارد المائية، واستخدامها مباشرة في الدراسات والموازنات والنماذج والتقارير.
قسم تقييم ورصد ومراقبة مصادر المياه يجب أن يتمكن القسم من معرفة حالة كل مصدر مائي وموقع رصد، ومتابعة التغيرات مع الزمن،
قسم الدراسات الجيوفيزيائية يجب أن يتمكن القسم من تتبع الدراسة الجيوفيزيائية من القياس الميداني إلى الملف الخام والمعالجة والتفسير والتقرير النهائي،
قسم التخطيط والإدارة المتكاملة للموارد المائية يجب أن يتمكن القسم من إعداد الموازنات والمؤشرات والسيناريوهات باستخدام بيانات موحدة ومحدثة، مع بيان مصدر كل قيمة وافتراض وطريقة حساب.
قسم نظم المعلومات الجغرافية يجب أن يوفر القسم مرجعًا مكانيًا موحدًا للوزارة، بحيث ترتبط الآبار والمحطات والمصادر والدراسات والقياسات بمواقع موثقة وطبقات معتمدة.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة التربة والري والصرف | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل قسم دراسات وهندسة الري والصرف؛ قسم دراسات الأراضي؛ قسم حفظ التربة والمياه
الحالة المستهدفة أظهرت نتائج WP2 حاجة الإدارة إلى تنظيم بيانات الري والصرف والأراضي والتربة وحفظ التربة والمياه ضمن قواعد بيانات مترابطة بالموقع.
المبدأ المرجعي استخدام معرفات وسجلات مرجعية موحدة، مع ربط البيانات بمصدرها وموقعها وتاريخها وحالة مراجعتها وصلاحيات استخدامها.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 سجل موحد لشبكات الري والصرف 4 حفظ الدراسات والتصاميم والرسومات
2 سجل للمنشآت والأصول وحالتها 5 إنشاء قاعدة مكانية للأراضي والتربة
3 تنظيم سجلات التشغيل والصيانة 6 ربط العينات ونتائج التحاليل بالموقع
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (16)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
السجلات والمرجعية 1. حصر مجموعات البيانات وتحديد المسؤول عن تحديثها. 2. توحيد تعريفات البيانات والمعرفات والتصنيفات. 3. إنشاء سجل مرجعي لشبكات ومنشآت الري والصرف.
البيانات والوثائق 1. إنشاء قاعدة مكانية للأراضي والتربة. 2. ربط العينات والمسوح ونتائج المختبرات بالمواقع. 3. تنظيم الدراسات والتصاميم والخرائط وإصداراتها.
المتابعة والتحليل 1. تسجيل حالة الأصول وأعمال التشغيل والصيانة. 2. تنظيم الصور الجوية والفضائية المستخدمة في الدراسات. 3. إدارة بيانات التعرية والملوحة والتدهور.
التكامل والجودة 1. دعم التحليل الهيدروليكي والمكاني والبيئي. 2. توفير أدوات رقمية لجمع البيانات الميدانية. 3. إعداد الخرائط والمؤشرات والتقارير.
الحوكمة والاستمرارية 1. تحديد مستويات الوصول إلى البيانات. 2. توثيق مصدر البيانات وتاريخها وحالة اعتمادها. 3. المحافظة على البيانات وإمكانية استرجاعها.
القدرات والدعم 1. تدريب الموظفين على نظم المعلومات الجغرافية وقواعد البيانات والتحليل.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-SID-01 تنظيم بيانات الري والصرف OBJ-SID-06 تعزيز التكامل المكاني
OBJ-SID-02 تحسين إدارة بيانات الأصول OBJ-SID-07 تنظيم الدراسات والوثائق
OBJ-SID-03 تنظيم بيانات الأراضي والتربة OBJ-SID-08 تحسين جودة البيانات
OBJ-SID-04 تحسين إدارة بيانات التعرية والملوحة OBJ-SID-09 دعم المتابعة واتخاذ القرار
OBJ-SID-05 دعم التحليل الفني OBJ-SID-10 المحافظة على السجل الفني
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
قسم دراسات وهندسة الري والصرف يجب أن يتمكن القسم من: معرفة موقع كل شبكة ومنشأة. الاطلاع على بيانات التصميم والتنفيذ. متابعة حالة الأصل وصيانته. تحليل أداء الشبكات.
قسم دراسات الأراضي يجب أن يتمكن القسم من الوصول إلى قاعدة مكانية توضح: خصائص التربة. موقع كل عينة وقطاع أرضي. نتائج التحاليل. تصنيف الأرض.
قسم حفظ التربة والمياه يجب أن يتمكن القسم من: تحديد مناطق التعرية والملوحة والتدهور. مقارنة حالتها بين الفترات. تحديد المواقع ذات الأولوية للتدخل.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة شؤون حفر وصيانة آبار المياه | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل مجال الحفر والإشراف الميداني؛ مجال سجل الآبار والسجلات التاريخية؛ مجال التراخيص والمقاولين والمعدات؛ مجال صيانة الآبار وإعادة التأهيل؛ مجال الآبار غير الصالحة والمغلقة؛ مجال المواد والتجهيز والمواصفات؛ مجال التقارير والتحليل والأسعار
الحالة المستهدفة أظهرت النتائج أن الإدارة تحتاج إلى سجل فني ومكاني موحد لكل بئر. ويجب أن يرتبط بالسجل جميع ما يخص البئر، بما في ذلك:
المبدأ المرجعي استخدام معرفات وسجلات مرجعية موحدة، مع ربط البيانات بمصدرها وموقعها وتاريخها وحالة مراجعتها وصلاحيات استخدامها.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 الموقع والإحداثيات 4 بيانات الحفر
2 الترخيص 5 السجل الجيولوجي
3 تصميم البئر 6 مواد التغليف والمصافي
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (22)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
السجلات والمرجعية 1. إنشاء سجل موحد للآبار المحفورة. 2. تخصيص معرف ثابت لكل بئر. 3. ربط بيانات البئر بموقعه وإحداثياته. 4. استخدام نماذج رقمية موحدة لبيانات الحفر والإشراف.
البيانات والوثائق 1. تسجيل تقدم أعمال الحفر وملاحظات الإشراف. 2. توثيق السجلات الجيولوجية والليثولوجية. 3. تسجيل بيانات التغليف والمصافي والتجهيز. 4. تسجيل المضخات وأنابيب الرفع والكوابل ولوحات التشغيل.
المتابعة والتحليل 1. تنظيم اختبارات الضخ ونتائج جودة المياه. 2. تنظيم بيانات التراخيص وتجديدها. 3. إنشاء قاعدة مركزية للمقاولين وتصنيفاتهم. 4. توثيق تقييم المعدات والحفارات.
التكامل والجودة 1. تسجيل أعمال صيانة الآبار وإعادة تأهيلها. 2. ربط أعمال الصيانة بأداء البئر الإنتاجي. 3. إنشاء سجل للآبار غير الصالحة والمغلقة. 4. رقمنة سجلات الآبار التاريخية.
الحوكمة والاستمرارية 1. إعداد تقارير وإحصاءات عن الحفر والصيانة. 2. توفير قاعدة بيانات للأسعار النمطية. 3. تنظيم المراجعة والاعتماد الإلكتروني. 4. توفير بيئة استضافة ونسخ احتياطي مناسبة.
القدرات والدعم 1. تدريب الموظفين على النظام وإدارة بيانات الآبار. 2. تنفيذ الاحتياجات تدريجيًا بحسب الأولوية.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-WELL-01 إنشاء مرجع موحد لبيانات الآبار OBJ-WELL-08 توثيق الآبار غير الصالحة
OBJ-WELL-02 دعم ضبط جودة بيانات الحفر OBJ-WELL-09 إتاحة البيانات التاريخية
OBJ-WELL-03 تحسين متابعة التنفيذ OBJ-WELL-10 أتمتة التقارير والإجراءات
OBJ-WELL-04 ربط بيانات البئر بالموقع OBJ-WELL-11 دعم التحليل الإحصائي
OBJ-WELL-05 تنظيم بيانات التراخيص والمقاولين OBJ-WELL-12 تعزيز تبادل البيانات
OBJ-WELL-06 توثيق تقييم المعدات والحفارات OBJ-WELL-13 رفع الجاهزية البشرية
OBJ-WELL-07 إدارة تاريخ صيانة البئر
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
مجال الحفر والإشراف الميداني يجب أن يتمكن القسم من متابعة كل عملية حفر بصورة مباشرة، ومعرفة: موقع البئر. المقاول والحفارة. العمق المنفذ. مرحلة العمل.
مجال سجل الآبار والسجلات التاريخية يجب أن يوفر النظام ملفًا إلكترونيًا متكاملًا لكل بئر، ويمنع إنشاء سجلات متعددة للبئر نفسه.
مجال التراخيص والمقاولين والمعدات يجب أن تتمكن الإدارة من معرفة: حالة كل طلب ترخيص. التراخيص السارية والمنتهية. المقاولين المصنفين. الأعمال التي نفذها كل مقاول.
مجال صيانة الآبار وإعادة التأهيل يجب أن يوضح سجل البئر جميع أعمال الصيانة التي نُفذت عليه، وأثر كل تدخل في إنتاجيته وحالته الفنية.
مجال الآبار غير الصالحة والمغلقة إنشاء سجل مركزي يمنع استخدام بئر غير صالح، ويوثق الإجراء المتخذ لحماية المياه الجوفية والسلامة العامة.
مجال المواد والتجهيز والمواصفات يجب أن يوضح ملف البئر نوع ومواصفات المواد والتجهيزات المستخدمة، ونتيجة فحصها واعتمادها.
مجال التقارير والتحليل والأسعار يجب أن توفر الإدارة تقارير وإحصاءات واضحة يمكن استخدامها في التخطيط والمتابعة وتقدير الاحتياجات والميزانيات.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة المعامل والمختبرات | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل قسم التحاليل الكيميائية للمياه؛ قسم تحليل التربة والصخور والخامات المعدنية
الحالة المستهدفة أظهرت نتائج WP2 حاجة القسمين إلى نظم معلومات مخبرية متخصصة، مع المحافظة على اختلاف البيانات والوظائف بين تحاليل المياه وتحاليل التربة والصخور والخامات المعدنية.
المبدأ المرجعي استخدام معرفات وسجلات مرجعية موحدة، مع ربط البيانات بمصدرها وموقعها وتاريخها وحالة مراجعتها وصلاحيات استخدامها.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 تسجيل العينات عند الاستلام 4 تطبيق ضمان الجودة وضبط الجودة (Quality Assurance and Quality Control – QA/QC)
2 تتبع سلسلة العهدة (Chain of Custody) 5 تنظيم إجراءات التشغيل القياسية (Standard Operating Procedures – SOPs)
3 تنظيم النتائج والوحدات وطرق التحليل 6 تسجيل الأجهزة والصيانة والمعايرة
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (22)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
السجلات والمرجعية 1. توفير نظام معلومات مخبري متكامل يدعم مجالات التحاليل المشمولة. 2. استخدام معرف ثابت وفريد لكل عينة. 3. تسجيل العينات إلكترونيًا منذ استلامها. 4. تتبع انتقال العينة بين مراحل الاستلام والتحضير والتحليل والاعتماد.
البيانات والوثائق 1. ربط كل نتيجة بالعينة والموقع والمصدر. 2. حفظ طرق التحليل والوحدات وحدود القبول. 3. توثيق إجراءات ضمان الجودة وضبط الجودة. 4. إدارة إجراءات التشغيل القياسية وإصداراتها.
المتابعة والتحليل 1. تسجيل الأجهزة وحالتها وصيانتها ومعايرتها. 2. ربط الأجهزة بالتحاليل والنتائج عند الملاءمة. 3. إصدار التقارير ومراجعتها واعتمادها إلكترونيًا. 4. منع تعديل النتائج المعتمدة دون صلاحية.
التكامل والجودة 1. توثيق أي تعديل على النتيجة وسببه والمسؤول عنه. 2. رقمنة النتائج المخبرية التاريخية. 3. توفير البحث والاسترجاع حسب العينة أو المصدر أو التاريخ. 4. ربط بيانات العينات والنتائج بنظم المعلومات الجغرافية.
الحوكمة والاستمرارية 1. تصدير البيانات وفق الصيغ والمعايير المعتمدة. 2. تحديد صلاحيات المستخدمين حسب مهامهم. 3. توفير خادم أو بيئة استضافة مناسبة وشبكة داخلية. 4. توفير النسخ الاحتياطي واستعادة البيانات.
القدرات والدعم 1. تدريب الموظفين على الأنظمة المخبرية والجودة. 2. المحافظة على الفصل الوظيفي بين بيانات جودة المياه والبيانات الجيولوجية.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-LAB-01 توحيد البيانات المخبرية OBJ-LAB-07 تعزيز التحليل والتقارير
OBJ-LAB-02 تعزيز تتبع عينات المياه OBJ-LAB-08 دعم التنبيه المرتبط بجودة المياه
OBJ-LAB-03 دعم الجودة OBJ-LAB-09 تعزيز التكامل المكاني
OBJ-LAB-04 تنظيم بيانات الأجهزة OBJ-LAB-10 دعم تبادل البيانات
OBJ-LAB-05 ربط نتائج المياه بمصادرها OBJ-LAB-11 حماية السجل التاريخي
OBJ-LAB-06 دعم الدراسات التخصصية OBJ-LAB-12 رفع كفاءة المستخدمين
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
قسم التحاليل الكيميائية للمياه يجب أن يتمكن القسم من متابعة كل عينة مياه من لحظة استلامها حتى اعتماد النتيجة، ومعرفة: مصدر العينة وموقعها. التحاليل المطلوبة والمنفذة.
قسم تحليل التربة والصخور والخامات المعدنية يجب أن يوفر النظام ملفًا متكاملًا لكل عينة يوضح: مصدرها وموقعها. نوعها وطريقة تحضيرها. التحاليل التي أُجريت عليها. الأجهزة المستخدمة.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة السدود | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل قسم الدراسات والتصاميم؛ قسم متابعة تنفيذ مشروعات السدود؛ قسم التشغيل وصيانة السدود؛ قسم الطوارئ
الحالة المستهدفة أظهرت استجابة قسم متابعة تنفيذ مشروعات السدود الحاجة إلى نظام رقمي متكامل لمتابعة تنفيذ مشروعات السدود، يربط بين:
المبدأ المرجعي استخدام معرفات وسجلات مرجعية موحدة، مع ربط البيانات بمصدرها وموقعها وتاريخها وحالة مراجعتها وصلاحيات استخدامها.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 التصاميم الهندسية المعتمدة 4 ملاحظات الموقع والصور
2 الجداول الزمنية 5 ضبط جودة التنفيذ
3 نسب الإنجاز الفعلية 6 المستخلصات والدفعات
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (23)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
السجلات والمرجعية 1. إنشاء سجل رقمي موحد للسدود ومشروعاتها. 2. تخصيص معرف ثابت لكل سد ولكل مشروع. 3. توفير نظام رقمي لمتابعة تنفيذ مشروعات السدود. 4. ربط نسب الإنجاز بالجداول الزمنية.
البيانات والوثائق 1. توثيق ملاحظات الموقع والصور إلكترونيًا. 2. ربط المستخلصات بنسبة الإنجاز الفعلية. 3. تنظيم الاستلام المبدئي والنهائي. 4. إنشاء سجل لفترة الضمان.
المتابعة والتحليل 1. متابعة العيوب والملاحظات حتى إغلاقها. 2. إنشاء مستودع مركزي للوثائق والسجلات. 3. التحكم في إصدارات التصاميم والوثائق. 4. ربط وثائق التنفيذ بالتصاميم والبيانات الهيدرولوجية.
التكامل والجودة 1. ربط مشروعات السدود بالمواقع من خلال نظم المعلومات الجغرافية. 2. إعداد مؤشرات وتقارير عن التنفيذ والتكلفة والجودة. 3. توفير خادم مناسب وبيئة نسخ احتياطي مؤمنة. 4. تدريب الموظفين على نظام متابعة التنفيذ والبرامج المرتبطة بالسدود.
الحوكمة والاستمرارية 1. استكمال تحديد احتياجات الدراسات والتصاميم. 2. استكمال تحديد احتياجات التشغيل والصيانة. 3. استكمال تحديد بيانات السلامة ومؤشراتها. 4. تحديد احتياجات محطات الرصد الهيدرولوجي.
القدرات والدعم 1. تحديد نطاق برنامج الإنذار المبكر. 2. تحديد الحاجة إلى الربط مع أنظمة المراقبة والتحكم وجمع البيانات (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition – SCADA). 3. لا تُعد البنود من 17 إلى 22 متطلبات نهائية قبل التحقق منها مع الأقسام المعنية.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-DAM-01 توحيد بيانات تنفيذ مشروعات السدود OBJ-DAM-08 تعزيز التكامل المكاني
OBJ-DAM-02 تحسين متابعة تقدم التنفيذ OBJ-DAM-09 تعزيز قابلية التتبع
OBJ-DAM-03 دعم ضبط جودة التنفيذ OBJ-DAM-10 دعم إدارة بيانات الرصد الهيدرولوجي
OBJ-DAM-04 تنظيم مراجعة المستخلصات OBJ-DAM-11 دعم الإنذار المبكر
OBJ-DAM-05 تنظيم الاستلام والضمان OBJ-DAM-12 دعم إدارة بيانات التشغيل والصيانة
OBJ-DAM-06 إدارة وثائق المشروعات OBJ-DAM-13 رفع القدرات الفنية والرقمية
OBJ-DAM-07 دعم التحليل والتقارير
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
قسم الدراسات والتصاميم توفير مرجع معتمد للدراسات والتصاميم يمكن لقسم متابعة التنفيذ الرجوع إليه، مع تحديد الإصدار وتاريخ الاعتماد والجهة التي أعدته وراجعته.
قسم متابعة تنفيذ مشروعات السدود يجب أن يتمكن القسم من معرفة حالة كل مشروع مباشرة، بما يشمل: نسبة الإنجاز. مقدار التأخير. قيمة المستخلصات. الملاحظات المفتوحة.
قسم التشغيل وصيانة السدود توفير سجل تشغيلي وفني لكل سد، يوضح القراءات والحالة والأعطال والصيانة والمعدات والإجراءات المتخذة.
قسم الطوارئ تنظيم بيانات الرصد والإنذار والأحداث بصورة تتيح معرفة حالة الخطر، والجهة التي أصدرت التنبيه، والإجراءات التي اتُخذت، وتوقيت كل إجراء.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – إدارة المناطق المائية وفروعها | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل قسم شؤون المناطق والمكاتب؛ قسم التغيرات المناخية؛ المناطق المائية وفروعها ومكاتبها
الحالة المستهدفة أكد قسم شؤون المناطق والمكاتب الحاجة إلى منصة وطنية مركزية تجمع بيانات المناطق المائية وتوحدها وتدعم التقارير والمقارنة والمتابعة التنظيمية. وتشمل الاحتياجات إنشاء قاعدة وطنية للوضع المائي، وتوحيد النماذج، وتحليل المؤشرات الإقليمية، وإصدار التقارير إلكترونيًا، وإنشاء سجل وطني للمخالفات المائية.
المبدأ المرجعي استخدام معرفات وسجلات مرجعية موحدة، مع ربط البيانات بمصدرها وموقعها وتاريخها وحالة مراجعتها وصلاحيات استخدامها.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 أما المناطق المائية وفروعها، فتتمثل احتياجاتها المؤيدة في: 4 استخدام الأجهزة المحمولة لجمع البيانات
2 الربط المباشر مع الوزارة 5 ربط البيانات بقاعدة مركزية
3 استخدام نماذج موحدة 6 تحليل التغير الزمني لبيانات المياه الجوفية
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (24)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
السجلات والمرجعية 1. توفير منصة وطنية تربط الوزارة بالمناطق والفروع. 2. إنشاء قاعدة موحدة للوضع المائي. 3. اعتماد معرفات موحدة للمناطق والفروع والمكاتب والمواقع. 4. توحيد نماذج جمع وإدخال البيانات.
البيانات والوثائق 1. ربط البيانات مباشرة بقاعدة البيانات المركزية. 2. استخدام أجهزة محمولة لجمع البيانات الميدانية. 3. تسجيل الإحداثيات والصور والملاحظات من الموقع. 4. دعم العمل عند ضعف الاتصال وحفظ البيانات مؤقتًا.
المتابعة والتحليل 1. توحيد طرق حساب المؤشرات وتحليل البيانات. 2. إعداد تقارير محلية ونصف سنوية وسنوية. 3. توفير لوحة مؤشرات للمقارنة بين المناطق. 4. إنشاء سجل وطني للمخالفات المائية.
التكامل والجودة 1. متابعة إجراءات المخالفات حتى الإغلاق. 2. تنظيم التراخيص والأنشطة المرتبطة باستغلال المياه. 3. ربط البيانات بالآبار والسدود ونتائج المختبرات. 4. ربط جميع البيانات بالمواقع من خلال GIS.
الحوكمة والاستمرارية 1. إنشاء قاعدة وطنية للبيانات المناخية. 2. حفظ السلاسل الزمنية طويلة المدى. 3. دمج بيانات المحطات والأقمار الصناعية. 4. دعم التحليل المناخي والنمذجة والسيناريوهات.
القدرات والدعم 1. تحديد صلاحيات المستخدمين ومسارات المراجعة والاعتماد. 2. توفير خادم مركزي ونسخ احتياطي مؤمن. 3. تدريب المستخدمين في المركز والمناطق والفروع. 4. تنفيذ النظام تدريجيًا بحسب الجاهزية.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-REG-01 توحيد بيانات المناطق OBJ-REG-08 تعزيز التكامل القطاعي
OBJ-REG-02 إنشاء مرجع وطني للوضع المائي OBJ-REG-09 توحيد البيانات المناخية
OBJ-REG-03 تعزيز التكامل بين المركز والفروع OBJ-REG-10 دعم تحليل التغير المناخي
OBJ-REG-04 تحسين جمع البيانات الميدانية OBJ-REG-11 دعم التخطيط المائي
OBJ-REG-05 تعزيز التحليل الإقليمي OBJ-REG-12 تعزيز التحليل المكاني
OBJ-REG-06 دعم التقارير الوطنية OBJ-REG-13 رفع كفاءة المستخدمين
OBJ-REG-07 دعم تطبيق التشريعات OBJ-REG-14 حماية البيانات وضمان استمراريتها
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
قسم شؤون المناطق والمكاتب يجب أن يتمكن القسم من إعداد صورة وطنية محدثة عن الوضع المائي، تتضمن: حالة كل منطقة. الموارد والمصادر الرئيسة. المؤشرات الكمية والنوعية.
قسم التغيرات المناخية يجب أن يتمكن القسم من: معرفة مصدر كل مجموعة بيانات وفترتها ودقتها. مقارنة بيانات المحطات والأقمار الصناعية.
المناطق المائية وفروعها ومكاتبها يجب أن تتمكن الفروع من تسجيل البيانات مرة واحدة وإرسالها إلى الوزارة دون إعادة إدخالها، مع معرفة: من أدخل البيانات. تاريخ الإدخال.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – الشركة العامة لتحلية المياه | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل المقر الرئيس؛ المحطات الثماني؛ مجالات الإنتاج والتشغيل؛ جودة المياه والمختبرات؛ الصيانة والأصول؛ الطاقة والمواد؛ التقارير والدعم التقني.
الحالة المستهدفة رؤية موحدة ومترابطة لبيانات محطات التحلية، تستند إلى سجل مرجعي لكل محطة ووحدة إنتاجية وقاعدة مركزية للإنتاج مرتبطة بالتشغيل والتوقفات والجودة والصيانة والطاقة والمواد والتقارير.
المبدأ المرجعي معرفات ثابتة للمحطات والوحدات والأصول والعينات، وحفظ البيانات التشغيلية كسلاسل زمنية مع تطبيق تدريجي يراعي تفاوت جاهزية المحطات.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 بيانات المحطات 9 المياه المسلمة
2 المواد التشغيلية 10 المخزون وقطع الغيار
3 الوحدات الإنتاجية 11 التشغيل
4 جودة المياه والعينات 12 التقارير
5 المياه الداخلة 13 التوقفات
6 الأصول 14 الوثائق
7 الإنتاج 15 الطاقة
8 الأعطال والصيانة 16 البيانات التاريخية
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (24)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
أ. السجلات المرجعية والتوحيد 1. سجل مرجعي موحد للمحطات. 2. معرف ثابت لكل محطة ووحدة وأصل رئيس. 3. قاعدة مركزية للإنتاج. 4. توحيد وحدات القياس والتعريفات ونماذج التسجيل.
ب. الإنتاج والتشغيل والطاقة 5. تسجيل الإنتاج حسب المحطة والوحدة والفترة. 6. حفظ التشغيل والتوقفات كسلاسل زمنية. 7. ربط الإنتاج بحالة الوحدات والمعدات. 8. تنظيم بيانات الطاقة والمواد التشغيلية.
ج. الجودة والمختبر 9. سجل مركزي لعينات المياه. 10. ربط نتائج التحاليل بالمحطة والوحدة ونقطة العينة. 11. توثيق حالات عدم المطابقة والإجراءات.
د. الأصول والصيانة 12. تنظيم بيانات الأصول والأعطال والصيانة. 13. ربط قطع الغيار والمواد بأعمال الصيانة.
هـ. التقارير والوثائق والحوكمة 14. مؤشرات الإنتاج والتوافر والطاقة والجودة. 15. تقارير ولوحات متابعة مركزية. 16. تنظيم الوثائق وإصداراتها. 17. رقمنة السجلات ذات الأولوية. 18. صلاحيات مستخدمي المقر والمحطات. 19. تسجيل التعديلات والعمليات الرئيسة. 20. نسخ احتياطي واستعادة منتظمة.
و. الجاهزية والتكامل والقدرات 21. مراعاة اختلاف الاتصال والقدرات بين المحطات. 22. دراسة التكامل مع الأنظمة التشغيلية القائمة. 23. تدريب المستخدمين وفرق التشغيل والدعم. 24. تنفيذ الاحتياجات على مراحل مرتبطة بالجاهزية.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-GDC-01 توحيد بيانات المحطات OBJ-GDC-05 دعم متابعة كفاءة المحطات
OBJ-GDC-09 المحافظة على البيانات التاريخية OBJ-GDC-13 دعم التكامل بين التشغيل والجودة والصيانة وGIS
OBJ-GDC-02 تحسين متابعة الإنتاج OBJ-GDC-06 توحيد بيانات جودة المياه
OBJ-GDC-10 تنظيم الوصول والصلاحيات OBJ-GDC-14 دعم القرار التشغيلي
OBJ-GDC-03 ربط الإنتاج بالتشغيل OBJ-GDC-07 ربط الجودة بالإنتاج
OBJ-GDC-11 حماية البيانات واستمراريتها OBJ-GDC-15 بناء القدرات
OBJ-GDC-04 تنظيم بيانات التوقفات OBJ-GDC-08 دعم التقارير والتحليل
OBJ-GDC-12 رقمنة السجلات ذات الأولوية OBJ-GDC-16 دعم التنفيذ التدريجي
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
المحطات والوحدات ملف إلكتروني موحد لكل محطة ووحدة إنتاجية يمثل المرجع لجميع بيانات الإنتاج والتشغيل والجودة والصيانة والتقارير.
الإنتاج والتشغيل إنتاج يومي/شهري وسلاسل زمنية للتشغيل والتوقفات والطاقة والمواد، مع مقارنة الأداء بالطاقة التصميمية وتفسير الانخفاض والتوقف.
الجودة والمختبر معرفة حالة جودة المياه لكل محطة وفترة، وربط أي تجاوز بالوحدة والتشغيل وعدم المطابقة والإجراء المتخذ.
الأصول والصيانة والإدارة تاريخ فني لكل أصل وأوامر عمل وقطع غيار وتقارير مقارنة بين المحطات، مع إمكانية الرجوع للمصدر والإصدار والمسؤول عن المراجعة.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – الشركة العامة للمياه والصرف الصحي | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل المقر الرئيس؛ المناطق التشغيلية؛ المكاتب؛ مراكز الخدمات؛ المحطات والمواقع التشغيلية؛ بيانات مياه الشرب والصرف الصحي.
الحالة المستهدفة بيئة وطنية مترابطة لإدارة بيانات خدمات المياه والصرف الصحي، تربط البيانات التشغيلية والفنية والخدمية والمكانية بين المقر والمناطق والمكاتب والمواقع.
المبدأ المرجعي سجلات موحدة ومعرفات ثابتة للمصادر والشبكات والمنشآت والأصول والمشتركين، مع قاعدة GIS مركزية وربط الإنتاج والتوزيع والاستهلاك والفوترة والشكاوى والصيانة.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 المصادر والإنتاج والضخ 7 الأصول والصيانة
2 الشكاوى وخدمة الزبائن 8 المشروعات والتخطيط
3 النقل والتوزيع 9 جودة المياه
4 الموازنة المائية والفاقد 10 المعلومات المكانية GIS
5 الخزانات والمحطات 11 المشتركون والتوصيلات والعدادات
6 خدمات الصرف الصحي 12 الوثائق والتقارير والحوكمة
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (28)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
أ. المصادر والبيانات التشغيلية 1. سجل موحد لمصادر المياه. 2. معرف ثابت لكل مصدر وبئر ومحطة وخزان وشبكة وأصل. 3. تنظيم المياه المنتجة والمستلمة والمضخوخة والموزعة. 4. حفظ بيانات الإنتاج والضخ والتوزيع تاريخيًا.
ب. الشبكات والمنشآت والأصول والصيانة 5. قاعدة GIS للشبكات والمنشآت. 6. ربط الشبكات بالمصادر والخزانات والمحطات ومناطق الخدمة. 7. سجل موحد للأصول. 8. تسجيل الأعطال والبلاغات وأوامر العمل. 9. تنظيم الصيانة الوقائية والتصحيحية.
ج. الجودة والمشتركون وخدمة الزبائن 10. قاعدة عينات ونتائج موحدة. 11. ربط الجودة بالمصدر والخزان والشبكة والمنطقة. 12. عدم المطابقة والإجراءات. 13. قاعدة موحدة للمشتركين والتوصيلات والعدادات. 14. ربط العدادات بالقراءات والاستهلاك والفوترة. 15. سجل مركزي للشكاوى. 16. ربط الشكوى بالمشترك والموقع والشبكة/الأصل.
د. الموازنة والصرف والوثائق 17. ربط الإنتاج والتوزيع والاستهلاك والفوترة. 18. دعم الموازنة المائية وتحليل الفاقد. 19. تنظيم بيانات شبكات ومحطات الصرف الصحي. 20. تنظيم الخرائط والمخططات والوثائق وإصداراتها.
هـ. التقارير والحوكمة والاستمرارية 21. تقارير ومؤشرات مركزية وإقليمية. 22. مسؤوليات الإدخال والمراجعة والاعتماد. 23. صلاحيات المستخدمين وتتبع التعديلات. 24. النسخ الاحتياطي والاستعادة. 25. دعم المواقع ضعيفة أو منقطعة الاتصال.
و. الرقمنة والقدرات والتوسع 26. رقمنة السجلات والخرائط ذات الأولوية. 27. تدريب المستخدمين وفرق التشغيل والدعم. 28. تنفيذ مرحلي قابل للتوسع.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-GWWC-01 توحيد بيانات مصادر المياه والإنتاج والضخ OBJ-GWWC-14 رقمنة الخرائط والوثائق والسجلات ذات الأولوية
OBJ-GWWC-10 ربط البيانات التشغيلية والفنية والخدمية OBJ-GWWC-06 تنظيم عينات المياه ونتائج التحاليل
OBJ-GWWC-02 إنشاء قاعدة مكانية للشبكات والمنشآت ومناطق الخدمة OBJ-GWWC-15 دعم تبادل البيانات بين المقر والمناطق والمكاتب
OBJ-GWWC-11 توفير التقارير ولوحات المتابعة المركزية والإقليمية OBJ-GWWC-07 توحيد بيانات المشتركين والتوصيلات والعدادات
OBJ-GWWC-03 ربط المصادر والخزانات والمحطات وشبكات التوزيع OBJ-GWWC-16 تطوير قدرات المستخدمين وفرق التشغيل والدعم
OBJ-GWWC-12 تنظيم الصلاحيات وقابلية تتبع التعديلات OBJ-GWWC-08 دعم تسجيل الشكاوى ومتابعتها حتى الإغلاق
OBJ-GWWC-04 توفير سجل مرجعي موحد للأصول OBJ-GWWC-17 دعم التنفيذ المرحلي والقابل للتوسع
OBJ-GWWC-13 ضمان النسخ الاحتياطي والاستعادة واستمرارية الوصول OBJ-GWWC-09 دعم إعداد الموازنة المائية وتحليل الفاقد
OBJ-GWWC-05 تنظيم بيانات الأعطال وأوامر الصيانة
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
الإمداد والإنتاج معرفة كميات المياه المنتجة والمستلمة والمضخوخة وحالة كل مصدر وتغير الإنتاج والضخ وأسباب الانخفاض أو التوقف.
الشبكات والمنشآت والأصول قاعدة GIS موحدة توضح مواقع الشبكات والمنشآت وخصائصها وحالتها ومناطق الخدمة، وتربطها بالأصول والأعطال والصيانة.
الجودة والمشتركون والخدمة تحديد حالة جودة المياه حسب المصدر/الخزان/الشبكة؛ قاعدة موحدة للمشتركين والعدادات؛ وتتبع الشكاوى حتى الإغلاق وربطها بالأعطال والصيانة.
الموازنة والفاقد والصرف موازنة مائية قابلة للتتبع وتحليل NRW؛ مع استكمال التحقق من متطلبات شبكات ومحطات الصرف الصحي قبل اعتماد التفاصيل النهائية.
الصفحة 1 من 3الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
نتائج WP2 – جهاز تنفيذ وإدارة مشروع النهر الصناعي | الحالة المستهدفة والبيانات والاحتياجات والأهداف
1. نطاق التحليل والحالة المستقبلية المستهدفة
المحور النتيجة المطلوبة
نطاق التحليل حقول الآبار؛ الإنتاج والضخ والتدفق والضغط؛ الخطوط الرئيسة؛ الخزانات ومحطات التدفق؛ الأصول والصيانة؛ SCADA وMCS؛ GIS؛ التقارير والوثائق والحماية.
الحالة المستهدفة بيئة مترابطة لإدارة البيانات التشغيلية والفنية والمكانية تستفيد من الأنظمة القائمة وتربط بيانات الآبار والحقول والإنتاج والنقل والتخزين والأصول والصيانة والتقارير.
المبدأ المرجعي عدم استبدال الأنظمة التشغيلية الفاعلة دون مبرر؛ استخدام معرفات ثابتة وربط البيانات الآلية واليدوية والسلاسل الزمنية بالسجلات المرجعية وGIS والأصول والصيانة.
2. مجموعات البيانات الرئيسة
# مجموعة البيانات # مجموعة البيانات
1 الآبار وحقول الآبار 8 الوثائق والمخططات
2 الأعطال والصيانة 9 الخزانات
3 الإنتاج والضخ 10 التقارير والمؤشرات
4 SCADA وMCS 11 محطات التدفق
5 التدفق والضغط 12 الحماية والاستمرارية
6 GIS والبيانات المكانية 13 الأصول
7 الخطوط الرئيسة
3. الاحتياجات الرئيسية – جميع الاحتياجات (20)
المجموعة الاحتياجات
أ. الحوكمة والمعرفات 1. تحديد مالك كل مجموعة بيانات. 2. مسؤوليات الإدخال والتحديث والمراجعة والاعتماد. 3. معرفات ثابتة للآبار والحقول والخطوط والخزانات والمحطات والأصول. 4. منع تكرار السجلات المرجعية. 5. توحيد تعريفات الحقول ووحدات القياس.
ب. البيانات التشغيلية والسلاسل الزمنية 6. ربط كل قراءة بالموقع والتاريخ والوقت والمصدر. 7. حفظ البيانات التشغيلية كسلاسل زمنية. 8. تنظيم بيانات SCADA وMCS. 9. تنظيم البيانات اليدوية وربطها بالبيانات الآلية.
ج. التكامل المكاني والأصول والصيانة 10. ربط التشغيل بـGIS. 11. ربط الأعطال والأحداث بالأصول والمواقع. 12. تنظيم أوامر الصيانة حتى الإغلاق.
د. الوثائق والتحليل والتقارير 13. حفظ المخططات والرسومات والوثائق الفنية. 14. التحكم في الإصدارات. 15. مؤشرات وتقارير تشغيلية وفنية وإدارية.
هـ. الحماية والاستمرارية والتنفيذ 16. مستويات الوصول. 17. سجل الاستخدام والتعديل والاعتماد. 18. النسخ الاحتياطي والاسترجاع. 19. استمرارية الوصول. 20. تنفيذ تدريجي يستفيد من الأنظمة القائمة.
4. أهداف نظام إدارة البيانات
الرمز الهدف الرمز الهدف
OBJ-MMRA-01 توفير رؤية مترابطة للمنظومة OBJ-MMRA-02 تنظيم بيانات الآبار والنقل والتخزين
OBJ-MMRA-03 تعزيز الاستفادة من SCADA وMCS OBJ-MMRA-04 دعم الصيانة والتقارير والاستمرارية
5. النتيجة العملية المطلوبة لكل قسم
القسم / المجال النتيجة المطلوبة
الآبار والحقول ملف إلكتروني موحد لكل بئر يوضح الموقع والخصائص والحالة والإنتاج والأعطال والصيانة والوثائق.
الإنتاج والتدفق والضغط سجل زمني موثوق يوضح الكميات والتدفقات والضغوط وحالة المنظومة ومصدر القراءة والأحداث المرتبطة.
الخطوط والخزانات والأصول سجل مكاني وفني موحد يربط الخطوط والخزانات ومحطات التدفق بالأصول والأعطال وأوامر العمل والوثائق.
SCADA/MCS والإدارة الاستفادة من بيانات SCADA وMCS في التقارير والتحليل والصيانة وGIS عبر واجهات معتمدة وآمنة دون التأثير على المراقبة والتحكم.
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis of the needs of Project Management was based on:

  • WP2 responses from the three Departments.
  • Supporting findings presented in the WP1 report.
  • The mandates and data associated with the work of the Departments.
  • Available clarifications and institutional information.

This section is limited to identifying needs, objectives, preliminary requirements and priorities. The detailed system design, product selection, specifications and final cost will be completed under Work Package 3 (WP3).

Table (4.2-1): Departments Covered and Their Fields of Work

DepartmentPrincipal Field of Work
Execution and Project Supervision DepartmentMonitoring implementation, contracts, schedules, costs, quality and handover
Engineering Studies and Designs DepartmentStudies, designs, drawings, specifications, bills of quantities and reviews
Technical Affairs and Follow-up DepartmentConsolidating project data, preparing indicators and reports, and monitoring implementation and financial status

The WP2 results showed that the Management requires an integrated electronic file for each project, beginning at the study and design stage and continuing through contracting, implementation, handover and closure.

The electronic file should link:

  • Project identification data.
  • Studies and designs.
  • Drawings and specifications.
  • Bills of quantities and costs.
  • Contracts and contractors.
  • Schedules and completion percentages.
  • Supervision and quality reports.
  • Change and extension orders.
  • Geographic location.
  • Reports and indicators.

The principal needs include establishing a unified project register, digital scheduling linked to cost, a central repository for designs and documents, tracking contracts, changes and versions, preparing progress, cost and quality indicators, and linking projects to locations using geographic information systems.

2. Principal Datasets

The Management deals with the following datasets:

DatasetExamples of Its Content
Project identification dataProject name, number, location, scope, status and associated entities
StudiesPreliminary studies, feasibility studies, surveys and baseline data
DesignsEngineering calculations, drawings, plans and approved versions
Specifications and quantitiesTechnical specifications, bills of quantities and estimates
Contract dataContracts, contractors, consultants, guarantees and durations
SchedulesActivities, durations, implementation phases and updates
Implementation dataQuantities executed, completion percentages, comments and changes
Cost dataBudget, interim payment certificates, costs and financial changes
Quality dataTests, approvals, non-conformities and corrective actions
Monitoring dataPerformance indicators, periodic reports, problems and actions
Spatial dataProject and facility locations, coordinates and maps
DocumentsCorrespondence, minutes, supervision, handover and closure reports
3. Principal Needs

The general needs of Project Management are as follows:

  • Establish a unified register of all projects.
  • Assign a permanent identifier to each project.
  • Link all data and documents to the project identifier.
  • Organise studies, designs and drawings.
  • Identify the approved version of each document.
  • Manage schedules and completion percentages.
  • Compare planned implementation with actual implementation.
  • Link schedules to costs and the budget.
  • Organise contracts, guarantees and contractor data.
  • Record change orders and extensions.
  • Organise test, quality and approval data.
  • Prepare standardised reports and indicators.
  • Link projects to locations and maps.
  • Define permissions for data entry, review and approval.
  • Protect data and provide backup and restoration.
  • Train employees in the system and monitoring tools.
4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjective
OBJ-PRJ-01Standardise project data
OBJ-PRJ-02Improve the monitoring of project implementation
OBJ-PRJ-03Organise studies and design data
OBJ-PRJ-04Control versions, review and approval
OBJ-PRJ-05Support analysis and monitoring
OBJ-PRJ-06Strengthen data integration among Departments
OBJ-PRJ-07Support spatial analysis and link projects to locations
OBJ-PRJ-08Improve the quality of project data
OBJ-PRJ-09Strengthen the traceability of amendments and decisions
OBJ-PRJ-10Protect data and ensure its continuity

These objectives are consistent with the Project Management Objectives Register included in the technical annexes to Work Package 2.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Execution and Project Supervision DepartmentThe Department should be able to determine the status of each project directly, including: • Completion percentage. • Delay. • Actual cost. • Works executed. • Open comments. • Approved changes. • Status of contracts and guarantees. • Required actions.
Engineering Studies and Designs DepartmentA clear reference should be available for all project studies and designs, identifying: • The current version. • The approved version. • The entity that prepared the document. • The entity that reviewed it. • The approval date. • Comments and amendments. • Its relationship to the specifications and bills of quantities. • This prevents the use of an outdated drawing, specification or bill of quantities during project implementation.
Technical Affairs and Follow-up DepartmentThe Department should be able to prepare a unified and updated report on all projects, showing: • Number of projects. • Their phases. • Completion percentages. • Delayed projects. • Planned and actual cost. • Principal problems. • Required actions and decisions.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
PRJ-REQ-01Provide a unified project registerDataVery High
PRJ-REQ-02Support the preparation of schedules and updating of progressFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-03Link the schedule to the budget and costFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-04Issue alerts in cases of delay or deviationFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-05Manage contracts, guarantees and contractorsFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-06Manage quality and test dataFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-07Provide a repository for drawings and documentsData and DocumentsHigh
PRJ-REQ-08Support the review and approval workflowFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-09Support version controlFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-10Manage bills of quantities and specificationsData and FunctionsHigh
PRJ-REQ-11Provide performance indicators and monitoring dashboardsAnalyticalHigh
PRJ-REQ-12Support planned-versus-actual analysisAnalyticalHigh
PRJ-REQ-13Provide a mechanism for data verificationData QualityHigh
PRJ-REQ-14Standardise analysis and reporting criteriaInstitutionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-15Integrate with geographic information systemsIntegrationMedium to High
PRJ-REQ-16Support search and retrievalFunctionalHigh
PRJ-REQ-17Define levels of access to dataProtectionHigh
PRJ-REQ-18Document amendments and approvalsGovernanceHigh
PRJ-REQ-19Preserve data and ensure that it can be restoredContinuityHigh
PRJ-REQ-20Support analysis of changes and temporal trendsAnalyticalMedium to High
PRJ-REQ-21Support Building Information Modelling in the futureTechnicalLater
PRJ-REQ-22Provide specialised trainingTrainingHigh and Continuous
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Management requires a Project Management Information System (PMIS) that supports the project cycle from study through to closure.

The system should include the following functions:

  • Unified project register.
  • Schedule and progress management.
  • Contract and cost management.
  • Quality and change management.
  • Management of studies and drawings.
  • Document and version management.
  • Review and approval.
  • Reports and monitoring dashboards.
  • Integration with geographic information systems.
  • Permissions and backup.

Not all functions are required to be contained within a single software application. They may be provided through a set of interconnected systems, provided that a unified project identifier is used and data are exchanged in an organised manner.

System CategoryEnglish NameUse
Project Management Information SystemProject Management Information System – PMISProject register, schedules, progress, cost and contracts
Electronic Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving studies, drawings, documents and versions
Geographic Information SystemsGeographic Information System – GISLinking projects to locations and maps
Business IntelligenceBusiness Intelligence – BIIndicators, reports and monitoring dashboards
Review and Approval Workflow SystemReview and Approval Workflow SystemReview, approval and documentation of decisions
Building Information ModellingBuilding Information Modelling – BIMSupporting the management of models and designs in the future where the need is demonstrated

These categories are presented to clarify the type of capability required and do not constitute a selection of or recommendation to purchase a specific product.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The three Departments use shared data. Therefore, each Department should not maintain a separate and unconnected register.

The required integration is as follows:

Data-Producing DepartmentDataUsing Department
Engineering Studies and Designs DepartmentStudies, drawings, specifications and bills of quantitiesExecution and Project Supervision Department
Execution and Project Supervision DepartmentProgress, quantities, cost, quality and changesTechnical Affairs and Follow-up Department
Technical Affairs and Follow-up DepartmentReports, indicators and decisionsDepartments and senior Management
All DepartmentsLocation and coordinate dataGeographic Information System

A unified project identifier is used to link all these data.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (4.2-2): Project Management Priorities

OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Inventory projects and establish a unified registerPhase One
2Approve a unified identifier for each projectPhase One
3Organise studies, drawings and documentsPhase One
4Control versions, review and approvalPhase One
5Manage schedules and completion percentagesPhase Two
6Manage contracts, costs and qualityPhase Two
7Prepare indicators and monitoring dashboardsPhase Two
8Integrate with geographic information systemsPhase Two
9Develop integration with Ministry systemsPhase Three
10Evaluate the use of Building Information ModellingLater phase
ContinuousTraining, protection and backupAll phases
10. Readiness and Constraints

Implementation of the system requires verification of the following aspects:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
Project registerNumber and status of projects and their data sources
DocumentsNumber of files and drawings and their digital status
SchedulesSoftware currently used and the extent to which schedules are updated
Contracts and costsMethod of preserving data and the possibility of linking them to the project
UsersNumber of users, their roles and levels of permission
Technical infrastructureAvailable servers, devices and connectivity
Existing systemsSystems that can be retained or linked
DigitisationVolume of paper documents to be converted
TrainingUser skills and training needs
SupportEntity responsible for operating and maintaining the system

A final readiness assessment cannot be approved before this information is completed.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Design of the technical architecture.
  • Preparation of the project data model.
  • Definition of the integration method for PMIS, EDMS, GIS and BI.
  • Definition of permission levels.
  • Definition of review and approval workflows.
  • Definition of server and hosting requirements.
  • Evaluation of available systems and products.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of the migration and digitisation plan.
  • Preparation of a detailed cost estimate.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

The Terms of Reference require the preparation of three scenarios covering the functions of the Data Management System, together with an explanation of costs, human resources and constraints, enabling the Ministry of Water Resources to make a decision.

This section presents the effect of each scenario on Project Management, while costs, resources, duration and risks are presented in detail in the scenarios chapter.

Scenario One: Establishment and Priority Registers

This includes:

  • A basic project register.
  • A unified identifier for each project.
  • Preservation of priority documents and drawings.
  • Recording basic completion percentages and costs.
  • Basic project reports.
  • Basic linkage to location.
  • Permissions and backup.

Result: Rapid improvement in the organisation of project data.

Constraint: Integration among functions and systems remains limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • A Project Management Information System (PMIS).
  • An Electronic Document Management System (EDMS).
  • Management of schedules, costs, contracts and quality.
  • Electronic review and approval workflows.
  • Phased integration with geographic information systems (GIS).
  • Indicators and monitoring dashboards using Business Intelligence (BI).
  • User training and provision of a support team.

Result: Integrated project management implemented in phases, with scalable results.

Constraint: Requires continuous coordination and organised implementation in phases.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration between project data and shared Ministry systems.
  • Advanced monitoring of progress, cost, quality and contracts.
  • Advanced monitoring dashboards and analysis.
  • Comprehensive management of documents and versions.
  • Full spatial linkage of projects and facilities.
  • The possibility of supporting Building Information Modelling (BIM) where the need is demonstrated.
  • A higher level of protection, continuity and technical support.

Result: Comprehensive coverage of the project life cycle and greater support for monitoring and decision-making.

Constraint: Requires greater cost, longer duration and a larger technical team.

Table (4.2-3): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on Project Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Project registerBasicIntegratedIntegrated and linked to the Ministry
DocumentsPriority documentsAll documents and versionsComprehensive management and approval workflow
SchedulesBasic monitoringIntegrated phased managementAdvanced analysis
Contracts and costsBasic dataFull managementExpanded integration and analysis
QualityBasic recordingOrganised monitoringComprehensive analysis
GISBasic linkagePhased integrationFull integration
ReportsBasic reportsMonitoring dashboardsAdvanced analysis
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest
13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis was based on:

  • WP2 responses from the five Departments.
  • Supporting findings presented in the WP1 report.
  • The available organisational mandates of the Management and its Departments.
  • Technical information and clarifications included in the project materials.

This section focuses on data management needs, objectives, requirements and priorities. Database design, software selection, and the definition of servers, integration interfaces and detailed costs will be completed under Work Package 3 (WP3).

Table (4.3-1): Departments Covered and Their Fields of Work

DepartmentPrincipal Field of Work
Water Resources DepartmentCollection and analysis of water-resources data and preparation of studies and assessments
Water Sources Assessment, Monitoring and Control DepartmentMonitoring measurements and quantitative and qualitative changes in water sources
Geophysical Studies DepartmentManagement of surveys, raw and processed data, borehole logs and interpretations
Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management DepartmentPreparation of balances, indicators, scenarios and planning reports
Geographic Information Systems DepartmentManagement of spatial data and maps, spatial analysis and linking data to locations

The WP2 results showed that the Management needs to organise water-resources data within an interconnected environment that preserves raw and processed data and links each record to its source, location, date and review status.

The principal needs include:

  • A central database for water-resources data.
  • Organisation of data on wells, sources and basins.
  • Management of measurements and time series.
  • Organisation of water-quality data.
  • Preservation of raw and processed geophysical data.
  • Management of borehole logs and interpretations.
  • Support for hydrological and groundwater modelling.
  • Preparation of water balances and scenario analysis.
  • Organisation of spatial data and metadata.
  • Preparation of maps, indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • Preservation of studies, reports and their versions.
  • Improvement of data quality and exchange among Departments.

The required functions differ according to the Department. Monitoring data require temporal management, geophysical data require the preservation of processing stages, while planning data require indicators, balances and scenario analysis.

2. Principal Datasets

The Management deals with diverse scientific, technical, spatial and temporal datasets.

DatasetExamples of Its Content
Water-resources dataSurface-water and groundwater sources, basins and aquifers
Hydrological dataRainfall, discharge, runoff, evaporation and measurements associated with the water cycle
Hydrogeological dataWells, water levels, abstraction, recharge and aquifer characteristics
Monitoring dataMonitoring locations, measurement dates, time series and changes
Water-quality dataQuality characteristics, results, indicators and cases in which limits are exceeded
Geophysical dataSurveys, raw and processed files, borehole logs and interpretations
Planning dataSupply and demand, water balances, indicators and scenarios
Spatial dataLocations, coordinates, layers, maps and satellite imagery
Studies and modelsHydrological and hydrogeological studies, models and their results
Technical documentsReports, maps, tables, sections and scientific outputs

These data differ in their formats, sources and frequency of updating. Some are generated by monitoring networks, some by studies and field surveys, and others through analysis and modelling processes.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Inventory datasets and identify the party responsible for each dataset.
  • Establish a unified reference for water-resources data.
  • Adopt permanent identifiers for wells, stations, monitoring locations and basins.
  • Standardise units of measurement, classifications and definitions.
  • Manage time series and periodic measurements.
  • Preserve raw and processed data without losing the stages of work.
  • Link data to their locations using geographic information systems.
  • Document the source, date and method of production of data.
  • Apply verification and quality-control procedures.
  • Preserve studies, models, maps, reports and their versions.
  • Support analysis, modelling and water balances.
  • Prepare indicators, reports and monitoring dashboards.
  • Organise data exchange among Departments, Managements and Water Zones.
  • Define levels of access to data.
  • Provide backup and restoration capability.
  • Train employees in data management and specialised software.
4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjectiveRequired Result
OBJ-WRS-01Organise water-resources dataProvide a unified reference for hydrological and hydrogeological data
OBJ-WRS-02Improve the management of monitoring dataPreserve and analyse time series and quality data
OBJ-WRS-03Organise geophysical dataPreserve raw and processed data, borehole logs and interpretations
OBJ-WRS-04Support studies and modellingProvide the data and functions required for analysis
OBJ-WRS-05Support integrated planningProvide balances, indicators and scenario analysis
OBJ-WRS-06Strengthen spatial integrationLink technical data to geographic information systems
OBJ-WRS-07Improve data qualityApply verification, documentation and correction
OBJ-WRS-08Strengthen traceabilityDocument the source, date, version and responsibility
OBJ-WRS-09Support reporting and decision-makingProvide indicators, maps and monitoring dashboards
OBJ-WRS-10Preserve scientific dataSupport preservation, restoration and continuity

These objectives are consistent with the Management Objectives Register included in the WP2 report and its technical annexes.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Water Resources DepartmentThe Department should be able to access standardised and updated data on water resources and use them directly in studies, balances, models and reports.
Water Sources Assessment, Monitoring and Control DepartmentThe Department should be able to determine the status of each water source and monitoring location, monitor changes over time, identify abnormal values or cases in which limits are exceeded, and issue the necessary reports.
Geophysical Studies DepartmentThe Department should be able to trace a geophysical study from field measurement to the raw file, processing, interpretation and final report without losing the relationship among the stages of work.
Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management DepartmentThe Department should be able to prepare balances, indicators and scenarios using standardised and updated data, while stating the source of each value and assumption and the method used to calculate it.
Geographic Information Systems DepartmentThe Department should provide a unified spatial reference for the Ministry, so that wells, stations, sources, studies and measurements are linked to documented locations and approved layers.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
WRS-REQ-01Manage hydrological dataData and FunctionsHigh
WRS-REQ-02Manage hydrogeological dataData and FunctionsHigh
WRS-REQ-03Manage well dataDataHigh
WRS-REQ-04Manage time seriesFunctionalHigh
WRS-REQ-05Manage quantitative and quality dataDataHigh
WRS-REQ-06Support data quality controlData QualityHigh
WRS-REQ-07Provide alerts when limits are exceededFunctionalMedium to High
WRS-REQ-08Manage raw and processed geophysical dataDataHigh
WRS-REQ-09Manage borehole logsData and FunctionsHigh
WRS-REQ-10Support geophysical processing and interpretationAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-11Support hydrological modellingAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-12Support groundwater modellingAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-13Support water-balance analysisAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-14Support scenario analysisAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-15Manage key performance indicatorsAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-16Provide monitoring dashboards and reportsReportingHigh
WRS-REQ-17Manage spatial dataSpatial DataHigh
WRS-REQ-18Support spatial analysisAnalyticalHigh
WRS-REQ-19Document metadataData GovernanceHigh
WRS-REQ-20Integrate with geographic information systemsIntegrationHigh
WRS-REQ-21Support search and retrievalFunctionalHigh
WRS-REQ-22Preserve studies, reports and mapsData and ContinuityHigh
WRS-REQ-23Define levels of access to dataProtectionHigh
WRS-REQ-24Document amendments and versionsGovernanceHigh
WRS-REQ-25Preserve data and ensure that they can be restoredContinuityHigh
WRS-REQ-26Provide field data collection toolsFunctionalMedium to High
WRS-REQ-27Provide specialised trainingTrainingHigh
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Management requires a Water Resources Information System (WRIS) that links data on resources, monitoring, studies, models, maps and reports.

The general concept consists of:

  • A central database for water-resources data.
  • A Time-Series Data Management System.
  • An Enterprise GIS database.
  • A repository for studies, research and reports.
  • Functions for managing geophysical data.
  • Analysis and modelling tools.
  • Indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • User and access management.
  • Backup and restoration.

Not all functions are required to be contained within a single software application. A set of interconnected systems may be used in accordance with standardised criteria and identifiers.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Water Resources Information SystemWater Resources Information System – WRISManaging data on resources, wells, sources and studies
Time-Series Data Management SystemTime-Series Data Management SystemPreserving and analysing sequential measurements
Enterprise Geographic Information SystemEnterprise Geographic Information System – Enterprise GISManaging spatial data and maps
Electronic Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving studies, reports and versions
Research RepositoryResearch RepositoryPreserving studies, models and scientific outputs
Data Analysis and Modelling ToolsData Analysis and Modelling ToolsHydrological and groundwater analysis and water balances
Business Intelligence SystemBusiness Intelligence – BIIndicators, monitoring dashboards and reports
Field Data Collection SystemField Data Collection SystemEntering monitoring and survey data in the field
Metadata CatalogueMetadata CatalogueDocumenting datasets and their sources
Geophysical Processing and Interpretation ToolsGeophysical Processing and Interpretation ToolsProcessing and interpreting geophysical data

These categories are presented to clarify the required capabilities and do not constitute a final selection of a product or supplier.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The work of the five Departments depends on data exchange among them.

Producing DepartmentDataUsing Department
Water Sources Assessment, Monitoring and Control DepartmentMeasurements, time series and qualityWater Resources and Planning Departments
Water Resources DepartmentStudies, assessments and balancesIntegrated Water Resources Planning and Management Department
Geophysical Studies DepartmentSurveys, borehole logs and interpretationsWater Resources and GIS Departments
Geographic Information Systems DepartmentLocations, layers and mapsAll Departments
Integrated Water Resources Planning and Management DepartmentIndicators, balances and scenariosThe Management and concerned entities

Standardised identifiers for wells, stations, sources and study locations must be used to ensure that data are linked correctly.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (4.3-2): Priorities of Water Studies and Research Management

OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Inventory datasets and define responsibilities for themPhase One
2Organise well, monitoring and time-series dataPhase One
3Organise spatial data and metadataPhase One
4Preserve studies and raw and processed dataPhase One
5Provide data verification and quality controlPhase Two
6Provide specialised analysis and modelling toolsPhase Two
7Prepare balances, indicators and reportsPhase Two
8Improve data exchange among DepartmentsPhase Two
9Develop advanced analysis and early warningLater phase
ContinuousTraining and capacity developmentAll phases

This order represents a preliminary sequence of needs and does not constitute a final implementation plan.

10. Readiness and Constraints

Implementation of the system requires verification of the following aspects:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
DatasetsInventory of data sources, volumes and status
Stations and wellsConfirmation of identifiers, locations and responsibilities
Time seriesIdentification of periods, gaps and units of measurement
QualityIdentification of current verification and approval procedures
Geophysical dataInventory of file formats and software used
ModelsIdentification of operating models and their inputs and outputs
Spatial dataAssessment of existing layers, coordinates and versions
DocumentsInventory of paper-based and digital studies, reports and maps
Existing systemsIdentification of systems that can be linked or retained
UsersIdentification of the number and roles of users
Technical infrastructureAssessment of servers, storage and connectivity
TrainingIdentification of skill levels and specialised needs

A final design cannot be approved before this information is completed.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Design of the Water Resources Information System architecture.
  • Preparation of data models for wells, stations and measurements.
  • Definition of the time-series management structure.
  • Design of the Enterprise Geodatabase.
  • Definition of linkages among WRIS, GIS and the studies repository.
  • Definition of integration interfaces with Laboratories and Water Zones.
  • Definition of data-quality and approval procedures.
  • Definition of permissions and access levels.
  • Evaluation of available software applications and products.
  • Definition of hosting, storage and backup.
  • Preparation of the data migration and cleaning plan.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs and the implementation and training plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Priority Data

This includes:

  • A basic register of wells, stations and sources.
  • An initial database for measurements and time series.
  • Preservation of priority studies and maps.
  • A basic spatial database.
  • Search, retrieval, permissions and backup.
  • Basic reports on the status of resources.

Result: Rapid improvement in the organisation of principal data.

Constraint: Modelling, integration and advanced analysis remain limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • A Water Resources Information System (WRIS).
  • A Time-Series Data Management System.
  • An Enterprise Geodatabase.
  • Management of geophysical data, studies and models.
  • Functions for data verification and alerts.
  • Water balances, indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • Digital field data collection.
  • Phased integration among Departments and Managements.
  • User training and a support team.

Result: Interconnected management of resource, monitoring, study and planning data.

Constraint: Requires phased implementation, data cleaning and continuous coordination among Departments.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with Laboratories, Wells, Water Zones and related entities.
  • Automatic or semi-automatic updating of measurements where suitable sources are available.
  • Expanded modelling and scenario analysis.
  • Advanced spatial and temporal analysis.
  • Map services and data sharing according to permissions.
  • Early alerts and indicators.
  • Comprehensive management of scientific and historical data.
  • A higher level of protection, continuity and technical support.

Result: The highest level of integration, analysis, and support for planning and decision-making.

Constraint: Requires greater cost, longer duration, a specialised technical team and stronger technical infrastructure.

Table (4.3-3): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Well and source dataBasic registerIntegrated registerBroad integration with entities
Time seriesBasic preservationManagement and analysisAdvanced updating and analysis
Geophysical dataPreservation of priority filesFull management of data stagesExpanded integration and analysis
GISBasic layersIntegrated enterprise databaseAdvanced services and spatial analysis
ModellingLimitedModelling according to priorityExpanded modelling and scenario analysis
ReportsBasic reportsIndicators and monitoring dashboardsAdvanced analysis and decision support
IntegrationLimitedPhasedComprehensive
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Detailed costs, human resources, duration and risks are presented in the scenarios chapter at the level of the Ministry and the entities covered.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis of the Management’s needs was based on:

  • WP2 responses from the three Departments.
  • Supporting findings presented in the WP1 report.
  • The available organisational mandates of the Departments.
  • The technical annexes and the Objectives and Requirements Registers.

This section focuses on identifying data management needs, objectives, requirements and priorities. Database design, software selection, and the definition of costs and technical specifications will be completed under Work Package 3 (WP3).

Table (4.4-1): Departments Covered and Their Fields of Work

DepartmentPrincipal Field of Work
Irrigation and Drainage Studies and Engineering DepartmentStudies, designs, networks, structures, irrigation water, operation and maintenance
Land Studies DepartmentLand and soil surveys, classification, suitability and mapping
Soil and Water Conservation DepartmentErosion, salinity, degradation, and soil and water conservation projects

The WP2 results showed that the Management needs to organise irrigation, drainage, land, soil, and soil and water conservation data within interconnected location-based databases.

The principal needs include:

  • A unified register of irrigation and drainage networks.
  • A register of structures, assets and their condition.
  • Organisation of operation and maintenance records.
  • Preservation of studies, designs and drawings.
  • Establishment of a spatial database for land and soil.
  • Linking samples and analysis results to locations.
  • Supporting land classification and suitability analysis.
  • Management of aerial and satellite imagery.
  • Organisation of erosion, salinity and degradation data.
  • Recording soil and water conservation projects.
  • Provision of field data collection tools.
  • Preparation of maps, indicators and reports.
  • Improvement of data exchange among Departments.

The needs of the Departments differ according to the nature of their work, but they share the need for a unified spatial reference linking technical and field data to maps.

2. Principal Datasets
DatasetExamples of Its Content
Irrigation and drainage networksCanals, pipelines, drains and served areas
Structures and assetsPumping stations, regulators, gates and water structures
Irrigation waterSources, quantities, quality and water requirements
Studies and designsStudies, calculations, drawings and specifications
Operation and maintenanceAsset condition, failures, maintenance and technical assessment
Land dataLand units, classifications, suitability and uses
Soil dataPhysical and chemical characteristics and analysis results
Surveys and samplesSample locations, soil profiles and survey data
Images and imageryAerial and satellite imagery and remote-sensing data
Erosion dataLocations, erosion type, severity and affected area
Salinity dataLocations, measurements, level of impact and temporal change
Soil and water conservation projectsLocations, interventions, implementation and monitoring
Maps and reportsClassification, suitability and degradation maps and technical reports

The technical annexes indicate that the Management’s scope includes soil characteristics, land classification, salinity, irrigation and drainage networks, surveys and samples, maps, studies and designs.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Inventory datasets and identify the party responsible for updating each one.
  • Standardise data definitions, identifiers and classifications.
  • Establish a reference register for irrigation and drainage networks and structures.
  • Establish a spatial database for land and soil.
  • Link samples, surveys and laboratory results to locations.
  • Organise studies, designs, maps and their versions.
  • Record asset condition and operation and maintenance activities.
  • Organise aerial and satellite imagery used in studies.
  • Manage erosion, salinity and degradation data.
  • Support hydraulic, spatial and environmental analysis.
  • Provide digital tools for field data collection.
  • Prepare maps, indicators and reports.
  • Define levels of access to data.
  • Document the data source, date and approval status.
  • Preserve data and ensure that they can be restored.
  • Train employees in geographic information systems, databases and analysis.
4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjectiveRequired Result
OBJ-SID-01Organise irrigation and drainage dataProvide reference data for networks, structures and designs
OBJ-SID-02Improve asset data managementSupport monitoring of asset condition and maintenance
OBJ-SID-03Organise land and soil dataSupport inventorying, classification and suitability
OBJ-SID-04Improve the management of erosion and salinity dataProvide spatial and temporal data and indicators
OBJ-SID-05Support technical analysisProvide hydraulic, spatial and environmental analysis
OBJ-SID-06Strengthen spatial integrationLink technical and field data to geographic information systems
OBJ-SID-07Organise studies and documentsPreserve studies, designs and maps
OBJ-SID-08Improve data qualityApply verification, documentation and correction
OBJ-SID-09Support monitoring and decision-makingProvide maps, indicators and reports
OBJ-SID-10Preserve the technical recordSupport preservation, restoration and continuity

These objectives are established in the Management Objectives Register within the WP2 report and its technical annexes.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Irrigation and Drainage Studies and Engineering DepartmentThe Department should be able to: • Identify the location of each network and structure. • Access design and implementation data. • Monitor asset condition and maintenance. • Analyse network performance. • Access the approved version of studies and drawings. • Prepare reports on network efficiency and the water used.
Land Studies DepartmentThe Department should be able to access a spatial database showing: • Soil characteristics. • The location of each sample and soil profile. • Analysis results. • Land classification. • Its suitability for use. • Land use and land cover. • Changes occurring between different periods.
Soil and Water Conservation DepartmentThe Department should be able to: • Identify erosion, salinity and degradation areas. • Compare their condition between different periods. • Identify priority intervention locations. • Monitor soil and water conservation projects. • Prepare clear maps, indicators and reports.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
SID-REQ-01Manage irrigation and drainage network dataData/FunctionalHigh
SID-REQ-02Manage structure and asset dataDataHigh
SID-REQ-03Manage operation and maintenance recordsFunctionalMedium to High
SID-REQ-04Manage studies and designsFunctional/DataHigh
SID-REQ-05Support Hydraulic AnalysisAnalyticalHigh
SID-REQ-06Establish a spatial database for land and soilSpatial DataHigh
SID-REQ-07Manage survey and sample dataDataHigh
SID-REQ-08Support Land Suitability AnalysisAnalyticalHigh
SID-REQ-09Support Land-Cover Change AnalysisAnalyticalMedium to High
SID-REQ-10Manage aerial and satellite imageryDataMedium to High
SID-REQ-11Manage erosion dataDataHigh
SID-REQ-12Manage salinity dataDataHigh
SID-REQ-13Support erosion and salinity analysisAnalyticalHigh
SID-REQ-14Manage soil and water conservation projectsFunctional/DataMedium to High
SID-REQ-15Support field data collectionFunctionalMedium to High
SID-REQ-16Integrate with geographic information systemsIntegrationHigh
SID-REQ-17Provide maps, indicators and reportsReportingHigh
SID-REQ-18Support search and retrievalFunctionalHigh
SID-REQ-19Document metadata, source and dateData GovernanceHigh
SID-REQ-20Define levels of access to dataProtectionHigh
SID-REQ-21Preserve data and ensure that they can be restoredContinuityHigh
SID-REQ-22Provide specialised trainingTrainingHigh
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Management requires an interconnected environment consisting of:

  • An Irrigation and Drainage Management Information System — Irrigation and Drainage MIS.
  • A Land Information System — LIS.
  • A Soil Database.
  • An Enterprise Geographic Information System — Enterprise GIS.
  • Field Data Collection Tools.
  • Integration with the Laboratory Information Management System — LIMS Integration.

This environment should allow network, asset, land, sample, erosion and salinity data to be linked to maps, without requiring all data to be placed within a single software application.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Irrigation and Drainage Management Information SystemIrrigation and Drainage MISManaging networks, structures, assets, operation and maintenance
Land Information SystemLand Information System – LISManaging land, classification and suitability
Soil DatabaseSoil DatabasePreserving soil characteristics, samples and analysis results
Enterprise Geographic Information SystemsEnterprise GISLocations, maps and spatial analysis
Remote-Sensing Analysis ToolsRemote-Sensing Analysis ToolsAnalysing aerial and satellite imagery and changes
Hydraulic Analysis ToolsHydraulic Analysis ToolsAnalysing the performance of irrigation and drainage networks
Asset Management SystemAsset Management SystemMonitoring the condition of structures and maintenance
Field Data Collection ToolsField Data Collection ToolsRecording survey and monitoring data in the field
Electronic Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving studies, designs and maps
Reporting and Business Intelligence SystemBusiness Intelligence – BIIndicators, reports and monitoring dashboards

These categories represent the type of capability required and do not constitute the selection of a specific product or supplier.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The three Departments need to exchange data according to the nature of their work.

Producing DepartmentDataUsing Department
Irrigation and Drainage Studies and Engineering DepartmentNetworks, structures, irrigation water and designsLand Studies Department and Soil and Water Conservation Department, where required
Land Studies DepartmentSoil characteristics, classification, suitability and mapsIrrigation and Drainage and Soil and Water Conservation Departments
Soil and Water Conservation DepartmentErosion, salinity, degradation and interventionsLand Studies Department and the Management
LaboratoriesSoil- and water-analysis resultsAll three Departments
Geographic information systemsLayers, locations and mapsAll Departments

Standardised identifiers must be used for networks, structures, survey locations, samples, and soil and water conservation projects.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (4.4-2): Priorities of Soil, Irrigation and Drainage Management

OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Standardise dataset definitions and identifiersPhase One
2Establish a register of irrigation and drainage networks and structuresPhase One
3Establish a spatial database for land and soilPhase One
4Organise survey, sample and analysis-result dataPhase One
5Organise erosion, salinity and degradation dataPhase One
6Preserve studies, designs, maps and their versionsPhase Two
7Provide field data collection toolsPhase Two
8Support hydraulic, spatial and environmental analysisPhase Two
9Prepare maps, indicators and reportsPhase Two
10Improve data exchange among DepartmentsPhase Two
ContinuousTraining, protection and backupAll phases

The technical annexes confirm that the priorities include organising irrigation and drainage networks and structures, establishing a spatial database for land and soil, organising erosion and salinity data, and developing spatial analysis and reporting.

10. Readiness and Constraints

Implementation of the system requires verification of the following aspects:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
Networks and structuresNumber of networks and assets and the status of their data and maps
Land dataAvailable classifications, maps and databases
SamplesAvailability of a unified sample identifier and coordinates
Laboratory resultsPossibility of linking results to the sample and location
Erosion and salinityMeasurement methods, update frequency and locations covered
Satellite imagerySources, periods, resolution and usage rights
Historical dataVolume of paper-based maps and studies requiring digitisation
Existing softwareEngineering and GIS tools currently used
UsersNumber of users, their roles and level of training
Technical infrastructureServers, storage, connectivity and field devices
ResponsibilitiesParty responsible for updating and approving each dataset
SupportParty responsible for operating and maintaining the system

A final design or cost cannot be approved before this information is completed.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Preparation of the irrigation and drainage network data model.
  • Preparation of the land, soil and sample data model.
  • Definition of standardised identifiers and classifications.
  • Design of the geographic database.
  • Definition of the linkage method with Laboratories Management.
  • Design of asset and maintenance data management.
  • Identification of field data collection tools.
  • Definition of the method for managing aerial and satellite imagery.
  • Definition of permission levels.
  • Evaluation of available software applications and products.
  • Definition of hosting, storage and backup.
  • Preparation of the data migration and map digitisation plan.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs and the implementation and training plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Priority Data

This includes:

  • A basic register of irrigation and drainage networks and structures.
  • An initial spatial database for land and soil.
  • Recording sample locations and their basic results.
  • Basic layers for erosion and salinity.
  • Preservation of priority studies and maps.
  • Search, retrieval, permissions and backup.
  • Basic reports and maps.

Result: Rapid organisation of the Management’s principal data.

Constraint: Analysis, integration and field data collection functions remain limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • An Irrigation and Drainage Management Information System.
  • A Land Information System.
  • A database for soil and samples.
  • An Enterprise Geodatabase.
  • Linking laboratory results to samples and locations.
  • Field data collection tools.
  • Land suitability and land-cover change analysis.
  • Erosion and salinity analysis.
  • Asset and maintenance management.
  • Indicators, reports and monitoring dashboards.
  • User training and support.

Result: Interconnected management of network, land, soil, erosion and salinity data.

Constraint: Requires phased implementation, data cleaning, and standardisation of identifiers and classifications.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with Laboratories Management, Project Management and Water Studies and Research Management.
  • Comprehensive asset, operation and maintenance management.
  • Periodic updating of land-use and land-cover data.
  • Advanced hydraulic, spatial and environmental analyses.
  • Comprehensive management of aerial and satellite imagery.
  • Advanced monitoring of soil and water conservation projects.
  • Advanced maps, indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • A higher level of protection, continuity and technical support.

Result: The highest level of integration, analysis, monitoring and decision support.

Constraint: Requires greater cost, longer duration, a larger technical team and stronger technical infrastructure.

Table (4.4-3): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Irrigation and drainage networksBasic registerIntegrated managementAdvanced management and analysis
Assets and maintenanceBasic dataOrganised recordsComprehensive asset life-cycle management
Land and soilInitial databaseIntegrated information systemExpanded analysis and updating
Samples and laboratoryBasic linkagePhased integrationComprehensive integration
Erosion and salinityBasic layersManagement and analysisAdvanced monitoring and analysis
Satellite imageryLimited preservationOrganised managementComprehensive management and analysis
FieldworkLimitedDigital toolsExpanded linkage and updating
ReportsBasic reportsIndicators and monitoring dashboardsAdvanced analysis
IntegrationLimitedPhasedComprehensive
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Detailed costs, human resources, duration and risks are presented in the scenarios chapter at the level of the Ministry and the entities covered.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis of the Management’s needs was based on:

  • The Drilling Department’s response to the WP2 questionnaire.
  • Supporting findings presented in the WP1 report.
  • The general mandates of the Management.
  • The Objectives and Requirements Register included in the technical annexes.
  • Technical comments relating to pumps, well equipment, casing materials and screens.

The response covered the following topics:

  • Drilling and well-equipment data.
  • Recording field-supervision data.
  • The unified well register.
  • Licences and contractors.
  • Equipment and drilling rigs.
  • Well maintenance and rehabilitation.
  • Unserviceable wells.
  • Reporting and statistical analysis.
  • Integration with the Geographic Information System.
  • Digitisation, hosting and training.
  • Integration with the geophysical system and the national licensing system.

This section focuses on identifying needs, objectives and preliminary requirements. System design, software selection, preparation of specifications and detailed cost estimation will be completed under WP3.

The results showed that the Management requires a unified technical and spatial record for each well. All information relating to the well should be linked to this record, including:

  • Location and coordinates.
  • Licence.
  • Well design.
  • Drilling data.
  • Geological log.
  • Casing materials and screens.
  • Pumps, cables and control panels.
  • Pumping tests.
  • Water-quality results.
  • Supervision and handover reports.
  • Maintenance and rehabilitation works.
  • Current well status.

The Management also needs to digitise historical records, apply standardised field forms, organise contractor and licensing data, document the evaluation of equipment and drilling rigs, automate reporting, and link well data to the Geographic Information System (GIS).

2. Principal Datasets
DatasetExamples of Its Content
Well identification dataWell number, name, location, coordinates, purpose and status
Drilling requests and programmesDrilling request, requesting entity, programme, priority and approval
Licensing dataLicence number, issue date, duration, renewal and status
Drilling dataStart and completion dates, depth, diameters and drilling stages
Geological recordsGeological and lithological layers and their depths
Well-equipment dataCasing, screens, filter gravel, cement and pump
Well testsPumping tests, discharge, drawdown and recovery
Water-quality dataAnalysis results linked to the well and sample date
Supervision and implementationWork progress, comments, inspections and handover
ContractorsClassification, experience, completed works and performance evaluation
Equipment and drilling rigsType, capacity, condition and technical evaluation results
MaintenanceFailures, interventions, rehabilitation and maintenance results
Unserviceable wellsReason for being unserviceable, closure and action taken
MaterialsPipes, screens, pumps, cables, control panels and accessories
PricesStandard prices for drilling, well-equipment and maintenance works
Documents and reportsDrawings, specifications, reports, payment certificates and handover minutes

The data cover the well life cycle from the drilling request and site selection, through drilling, equipment and testing, to operation, maintenance, rehabilitation or closure.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Establish a unified register of drilled wells.
  • Assign a permanent identifier to each well.
  • Link the well data to its location and coordinates.
  • Use standardised digital forms for drilling and supervision data.
  • Record drilling progress and supervision comments.
  • Document geological and lithological logs.
  • Record casing, screen and well-equipment data.
  • Record pumps, rising mains, cables and control panels.
  • Organise pumping tests and water-quality results.
  • Organise licensing data and renewals.
  • Establish a central database of contractors and their classifications.
  • Document the evaluation of equipment and drilling rigs.
  • Record well-maintenance and rehabilitation works.
  • Link maintenance works to the productive performance of the well.
  • Establish a register of unserviceable and closed wells.
  • Digitise historical well records.
  • Prepare reports and statistics on drilling and maintenance.
  • Provide a database of standard prices.
  • Organise electronic review and approval.
  • Provide a suitable hosting and backup environment.
  • Train employees in the system and in well-data management.
  • Implement the needs gradually according to priority.
4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjective
OBJ-WELL-01Establish a unified reference for well data
OBJ-WELL-02Support quality control of drilling data
OBJ-WELL-03Improve implementation monitoring
OBJ-WELL-04Link well data to location
OBJ-WELL-05Organise licensing and contractor data
OBJ-WELL-06Document the evaluation of equipment and drilling rigs
OBJ-WELL-07Manage the well-maintenance history
OBJ-WELL-08Document unserviceable wells
OBJ-WELL-09Make historical data available
OBJ-WELL-10Automate reports and procedures
OBJ-WELL-11Support statistical analysis
OBJ-WELL-12Strengthen data exchange
OBJ-WELL-13Strengthen human-resource readiness

These objectives are consistent with the Management Objectives Register in the WP2 technical annexes.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Drilling and Field-Supervision FieldThe Department should be able to monitor each drilling operation directly and determine: • The well location. • The contractor and drilling rig. • The depth completed. • The stage of work. • Technical comments. • Delays. • The status of reports and approvals. • The completion and handover result.
Licensing, Contractors and Equipment FieldThe Management should be able to determine: • The status of each licence application. • Valid and expired licences. • Classified contractors. • Works completed by each contractor. • Contractor evaluation results. • Equipment and drilling rigs associated with the contractor.
Well Maintenance and Rehabilitation FieldThe well record should show all maintenance works carried out on the well and the effect of each intervention on its productivity and technical condition.
Materials, Well Equipment and Specifications FieldThe well file should show the types and specifications of the materials and equipment used and the results of their inspection and approval.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-WELL-001Support integrated management of drilling and maintenance dataIntegrationVery High
REQ-WELL-002Support quality control and implementation monitoringData QualityVery High
REQ-WELL-003Integrate with GIS and national well databasesIntegrationHigh
REQ-WELL-004Record drilling data through digital field formsDataHigh
REQ-WELL-005Link drilling data to site coordinatesDataHigh
REQ-WELL-006Establish a unified register of drilled wellsDataVery High
REQ-WELL-007Provide indicators for monitoring contractor performanceAnalyticalHigh
REQ-WELL-008Support electronic issuance and renewal of drilling licencesFunctionalHigh
REQ-WELL-009Manage contractor classification in a central databaseDataHigh
REQ-WELL-010Digitally document the evaluation of equipment and drilling rigsFunctionalMedium to High
REQ-WELL-011Support management of well-maintenance worksFunctionalHigh
REQ-WELL-012Record the closure of unserviceable wellsFunctionalHigh
REQ-WELL-013Link maintenance data to the productive performance of the wellDataHigh
REQ-WELL-014Provide statistical analysis of drilling and maintenanceAnalyticalMedium
REQ-WELL-015Establish a database of standard prices for drilling worksDataMedium
REQ-WELL-016Prepare periodic reports automaticallyAnalyticalHigh
REQ-WELL-017Examine the provision of a WIMSFunctionalVery High
REQ-WELL-018Support the review and approval workflow for reports and payment certificatesAnalyticalHigh
REQ-WELL-019Support integration with the geophysical systemIntegrationHigh
REQ-WELL-020Support integration with the national licensing systemIntegrationHigh
REQ-WELL-021Digitise priority historical well recordsDataHigh
REQ-WELL-022Provide a suitable hosting environment for well dataTechnicalHigh
REQ-WELL-023Provide specialised training in the well-management systemTrainingHigh
REQ-WELL-024Prioritise the well register and implementation monitoringDataVery High
REQ-WELL-025Implement the needs graduallyFunctionalHigh
REQ-WELL-026Take account of an implementation timeframe exceeding two years, in accordance with the responseFunctionalReference
REQ-WELL-027Include specifications for pumps, rising mains, cables and control panelsAnalyticalHigh
REQ-WELL-028Include casing materials, screens and their specificationsFunctionalHigh
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Management requires a specialised system for managing well data:

Well Information Management System – WIMS

The system should support:

  • Well register.
  • Drilling and well-equipment data.
  • Fieldwork and supervision.
  • Licences and contractors.
  • Equipment and drilling rigs.
  • Maintenance and rehabilitation.
  • Unserviceable wells.
  • Documents and reports.
  • Spatial data.
  • Analysis and statistics.
  • Permissions and backup.

The system may require supporting functions or systems, and all functions do not have to be contained within a single application.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Well Information Management SystemWell Information Management System – WIMSTechnical and spatial record of wells, drilling and maintenance
Well Drilling and Maintenance Management Information SystemWell Drilling and Maintenance Management Information SystemMonitoring drilling, supervision, well equipment and maintenance
Licensing and Contractor Management SystemLicensing and Contractor Management SystemApplications, licences, classifications and evaluation
Workflow Management SystemWorkflow Management SystemReview and approval of reports, payment certificates and licences
Electronic Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving specifications, drawings and reports
Geographic Information SystemGeographic Information System – GISWell locations, maps and spatial analysis
Mobile Field Data Collection ToolsMobile Field Data Collection ToolsEntering drilling and supervision data from the site
Computerised Maintenance Management SystemComputerised Maintenance Management System – CMMSOrganising well-maintenance and rehabilitation works
Business Intelligence and ReportingBusiness Intelligence and Reporting – BIIndicators, statistics and reports
Data Integration and API ManagementData Integration and API ManagementExchanging data with related systems
Document Scanning and Electronic ArchivingDocument Scanning and Electronic ArchivingDigitising historical well records

These categories represent the type of capability required and do not constitute the final selection of a product or supplier.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The Management needs to exchange data with several Managements and systems.

Entity or SystemData Exchanged
Water Studies and Research ManagementLocations, geological records, pumping tests and aquifer data
Geographic Information Systems DepartmentCoordinates, maps and layers
Laboratories ManagementWater-quality analysis results
Water Zones ManagementLocation data, field monitoring and well status
Geophysical SystemLocation data, borehole logs and interpretations
National Licensing SystemApplications, licences and contractors
Project ManagementProjects, contracts and implementation where drilling is associated with a project
Reporting SystemsPeriodic indicators and statistics

Integration should be based on a unified well identifier so that data received from different entities can be linked to the correct record. The WP2 requirements confirm the need for integration with GIS, well databases, the geophysical system and the licensing system.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities
OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Establish a unified register of drilled wellsImmediate
2Digitise priority historical recordsEarly and gradual
3Apply digital drilling and supervision formsEarly
4Organise monitoring of drilling-work implementationEarly
5Integrate with geographic information systemsEarly
6Manage licences and contractor classificationMedium term
7Document the evaluation of equipment and drilling rigsMedium term
8Organise maintenance and rehabilitation worksMedium term
9Establish a register of unserviceable wellsMedium term
10Automate reporting and statistical analysisMedium term
11Integrate with geophysical and national licensing systemsMedium to later term
ContinuousTraining, protection and backupAll phases

The WP2 results assign priority to the well register, digitisation of records, field forms, implementation monitoring and integration with GIS.

10. Readiness and Constraints

Implementation of the system requires verification of the following aspects:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
Well recordsNumber, sources and condition of records
DuplicationExistence of more than one number or record for the same well
Historical dataVolume of paper files and priority for digitisation
LocationsAccuracy of coordinates and the spatial reference system used
Drilling dataCompleteness of depths, diameters and geological logs
MaintenanceAvailability of historical maintenance records
LicencesCurrent system and volume of applications and renewals
ContractorsClassifications and performance-evaluation criteria
EquipmentAvailable technical data for drilling rigs and equipment
IntegrationNational or institutional systems capable of integration
UsersNumber of users, roles and permissions
Technical infrastructureServers, storage, connectivity and field devices
SupportEntity responsible for operation and maintenance
TrainingLevel of user skills and their needs

The absence of separate responses from the Well Maintenance and Materials Departments represents a constraint that should be addressed during subsequent verification.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Verification of the needs of the Well Maintenance Department and the Materials Department.
  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Preparation of a unified well data model.
  • Adoption of a unified well identifier.
  • Design of the WIMS architecture.
  • Definition of the method of integration with GIS.
  • Definition of integration with geophysical systems, laboratories and licensing systems.
  • Design of fieldwork forms.
  • Definition of workflows for reviewing and approving reports and licences.
  • Definition of permission levels.
  • Evaluation of available software applications and products.
  • Definition of hosting, storage and backup.
  • Preparation of a plan for digitising historical records.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Well Register

This includes:

  • A unified well register.
  • A permanent identifier for each well.
  • Digitisation of priority records.
  • Basic linkage to location.
  • Basic drilling and supervision forms.
  • Preservation of documents and reports.
  • Search, permissions and backup.
  • Basic reports.

Result: Provision of an organised preliminary reference for well data.

Constraint: Licensing, maintenance, integration and analysis functions remain limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • A Well Information Management System (WIMS).
  • Digital field recording of drilling data.
  • Management of licences and contractors.
  • Documentation of equipment and drilling rigs.
  • Management of maintenance and rehabilitation.
  • A register of unserviceable wells.
  • Phased integration with GIS, geophysical systems and laboratories.
  • Reports, indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • User training and provision of support.

Result: Interconnected management of the well life cycle from drilling to maintenance.

Constraint: Requires record cleaning, standardisation of identifiers and organised implementation in phases.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with national well databases.
  • Integration with licensing, geophysical, laboratory and Water Zone systems.
  • Advanced management of contractor and equipment performance.
  • Linking maintenance to well productivity.
  • Advanced spatial and statistical analysis.
  • Expanded digitisation of historical records.
  • A higher level of protection, continuity and technical support.
  • Shared services and reports with the concerned Managements.

Result: An integrated national or institutional register covering the complete technical history of each well.

Constraint: Requires greater cost, longer duration, a larger technical team and stronger technical infrastructure.

Table (4.5-1): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Well registerBasicIntegratedIntegrated and linked to national systems
Drilling dataBasic formsComplete field recordingAdvanced integration and analysis
Historical recordsPriority recordsPhased digitisationExpanded digitisation
LicencesBasic recordingElectronic managementNational integration
Contractors and equipmentBasic dataManagement and evaluationAdvanced performance analysis
MaintenanceLimited dataFull managementLinked to performance and productivity
GISBasic linkagePhased integrationComprehensive integration and analysis
ReportsBasic reportsIndicators and monitoring dashboardsAdvanced analysis and decision support
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Detailed costs, human resources, duration and risks are presented in the scenarios chapter.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis was based on:

  • WP2 responses from the two Departments.
  • Supporting findings presented in Work Package 1 (WP1).
  • The functions of the two Departments and the types of samples and analyses.
  • The Objectives and Requirements Register included in the technical annexes.

This section focuses on data management needs, objectives, requirements and priorities. System design, software and equipment selection, and the definition of costs and technical specifications will be completed under WP3.

Table (4.6-1): Departments Covered and Their Fields of Work

DepartmentPrincipal Field of Work
Water Chemical Analysis DepartmentChemical, physical and bacteriological water analyses, isotopic analyses where required, water quality and reporting
Soil, Rock and Mineral Ore Analysis DepartmentAnalysis of soil, rock and mineral ore samples, sample preparation, microscopic studies, particle-size analysis and X-ray diffraction

The WP2 results showed that the two Departments need specialised laboratory information systems while preserving the differences in data and functions between water analyses and analyses of soil, rocks and mineral ores.

The Water Chemical Analysis Department identified the need for a Laboratory Information Management System (LIMS) to organise samples and results, apply quality procedures, issue reports, and link results to water sources, wells and locations.

The Soil, Rock and Mineral Ore Analysis Department also identified the need for a specialised laboratory system for geological samples and analyses (Geo-LIMS), supporting sample registration, preparation and results and linking them to land, water and location data.

The shared needs include:

  • Registering samples upon receipt.
  • Tracking the Chain of Custody.
  • Organising results, units and analytical methods.
  • Applying Quality Assurance and Quality Control (QA/QC).
  • Organising Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs).
  • Recording instruments, maintenance and calibration.
  • Linking samples to locations using geographic information systems.
  • Issuing, reviewing and approving results electronically.
  • Digitising historical results.
  • Training users.
2. Principal Datasets
DatasetExamples of Its Content
Sample dataSample number, type, source, location, date and requesting entity
Chain of custodyRecipient, sender, sample condition and transfer path
Water analysesChemical, physical, bacteriological and isotopic results
Soil and rock analysesChemical, physical and mechanical properties
Specialised analysesParticle-size analysis, microscopic examination and X-ray diffraction
Analytical methodsApproved methods, procedures and references used
ResultsValues, units, detection limits and approval status
QualityControl samples, replicates, comments and non-conformities
InstrumentsInstrument type, number, status, maintenance and calibration
Materials and reagentsType, quantity, expiry and use
LocationsWells, water sources, and soil and rock locations
ReportsResults reports, certificates, indicators and summaries
Historical dataOld results and records requiring digitisation

The principal groups identified in the technical annexes include samples and chain of custody, water, soil and rock analyses, results and units, analytical methods, instruments and calibration, and quality assurance and quality control procedures.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Provide an integrated laboratory information system supporting the analytical fields covered.
  • Use a permanent and unique identifier for each sample.
  • Register samples electronically from the time of receipt.
  • Track the movement of the sample through the receipt, preparation, analysis and approval stages.
  • Link each result to the sample, location and source.
  • Preserve analytical methods, units and acceptance limits.
  • Document quality assurance and quality control procedures.
  • Manage Standard Operating Procedures and their versions.
  • Record instruments, their condition, maintenance and calibration.
  • Link instruments to analyses and results where appropriate.
  • Issue, review and approve reports electronically.
  • Prevent amendment of approved results without permission.
  • Document any amendment to a result, its reason and the person responsible.
  • Digitise historical laboratory results.
  • Provide search and retrieval by sample, source or date.
  • Link sample and result data to geographic information systems.
  • Export data in accordance with approved formats and standards.
  • Define user permissions according to their functions.
  • Provide a suitable server or hosting environment and an internal network.
  • Provide backup and data restoration.
  • Train employees in laboratory systems and quality.
  • Preserve the functional separation between water-quality data and geological data.
4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjectiveRequired Result
OBJ-LAB-01Standardise laboratory dataOrganise samples and results within specialised systems
OBJ-LAB-02Strengthen the traceability of water samplesTrack the sample from receipt to issuance of the result
OBJ-LAB-03Support qualityDocument QA/QC, calibration and procedures
OBJ-LAB-04Organise instrument dataRecord instruments, maintenance and calibration
OBJ-LAB-05Link water results to their sourcesLink results to wells and water sources
OBJ-LAB-06Support specialised studiesOrganise soil, rock and mineral ore results
OBJ-LAB-07Strengthen analysis and reportingProduce regular reports, indicators and analyses
OBJ-LAB-08Support water-quality-related alertsIdentify exceedances and issue alerts
OBJ-LAB-09Strengthen spatial integrationLink laboratory data to GIS
OBJ-LAB-10Support data exchangeExport data in accordance with approved standards
OBJ-LAB-11Protect the historical recordDigitise historical analysis results
OBJ-LAB-12Strengthen user competenceProvide training in LIMS and Geo-LIMS

These objectives are established in the WP2 report and its technical annexes.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Water Chemical Analysis DepartmentThe Department should be able to track every water sample from the moment it is received until the result is approved and determine: • The sample source and location. • The analyses requested and conducted. • The instrument and method used. • The quality and calibration status. • Any exceedance of limits. • The final report. • The entity that received the result. • The system should also provide a historical record that can be used to analyse changes in water quality over time. The WP2 response confirms the need for an integrated LIMS, a digital Chain of Custody, linkage of results to wells and sources, QA/QC, alerts, WQI and electronic reporting.
Soil, Rock and Mineral Ore Analysis DepartmentThe system should provide an integrated file for each sample showing: • Its source and location. • Its type and preparation method. • The analyses conducted on it. • The instruments used. • Results and images. • Technical interpretation. • The study or project in which the result is used. • The functional separation between geological sample data and water-quality data must be preserved, while allowing the exchange of reference and spatial data between the two systems.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-LAB-001Provide an integrated laboratory information system supporting the analytical fields coveredIntegrationVery High
REQ-LAB-002Support the management of sample and result dataDataVery High
REQ-LAB-003Support the management of laboratory instrument dataTechnicalHigh
REQ-LAB-004Support integration with GIS according to the needs of each DepartmentIntegrationHigh
REQ-LAB-005Support data export in accordance with approved standardsDataHigh
REQ-LAB-006Provide a suitable hosting environment for laboratory systems and dataTechnicalHigh
REQ-LAB-007Provide specialised training for usersTrainingHigh
REQ-LAB-008Preserve the functional separation between water-quality data and geological dataData QualityHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-WQL-001Provide an integrated LIMS for managing water analysesIntegrationVery High
REQ-WQL-002Support the standardisation of results, quality and immediate reportingData QualityHigh
REQ-WQL-003Integrate with GIS to identify sample locationsIntegrationHigh
REQ-WQL-004Register samples electronically upon receiptFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-005Track the Chain of Custody digitallyFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-006Link each result to the well number or water sourceFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-007Digitise historical analysis resultsDataHigh
REQ-WQL-008Provide digital QA/QC functionsData QualityHigh
REQ-WQL-009Manage and electronically standardise SOPsFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-010Record instrument-calibration dataTechnicalHigh
REQ-WQL-011Issue alerts when limits are exceededFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-012Support WQI calculationFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-013Support analysis of temporal trends in water qualityData QualityMedium to High
REQ-WQL-014Issue reports electronically and support digital signaturesAnalyticalHigh
REQ-WQL-015Share results with authorised ManagementsFunctionalHigh
REQ-WQL-016Provide a water-quality monitoring dashboardData QualityMedium to High
REQ-WQL-017Provide a laboratory instrument management systemTechnicalHigh
REQ-WQL-018Assess direct integration with analytical instrumentsIntegrationMedium to High
REQ-WQL-019Link analysis data to the well databaseDataHigh
REQ-WQL-020Integrate with the water licensing systemIntegrationHigh
REQ-WQL-021Provide an appropriate server or hosting environment and internal networkTechnicalHigh
REQ-WQL-022Provide specialised training in LIMS and QA/QCTrainingHigh
REQ-WQL-023Take account of ISO/IEC 17025 requirements when activating the quality systemData QualityHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-GEO-001Provide Geo-LIMS or a specialised LIMS for geological analysesFunctionalVery High
REQ-GEO-002Support the standardisation of results, quality and studiesData QualityHigh
REQ-GEO-003Link to the land and water databasesDataHigh
REQ-GEO-004Support sample management as the principal priorityFunctionalVery High
REQ-GEO-005Provide a system for managing advanced laboratory instrumentsTechnicalHigh
REQ-GEO-006Support integration with GISIntegrationHigh
REQ-GEO-007Support data export in accordance with approved standardsDataHigh
REQ-GEO-008Provide a dedicated server for analytical dataAnalyticalHigh
REQ-GEO-009Provide specialised training in Geo-LIMSTrainingHigh
REQ-GEO-010Take account of comprehensive implementation in accordance with the responseFunctionalReference
REQ-GEO-011Take account of a timeframe exceeding two years in accordance with the responseFunctionalReference
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Management requires two interconnected specialised systems or a single laboratory system that supports functional separation between the two fields:

  • Water Quality Laboratory Information Management System — Water Quality LIMS.
  • Geological Laboratory Information Management System — Geo-LIMS.

The shared environment should support:

  • Sample registration and tracking.
  • Results, units and analytical methods.
  • QA/QC and SOPs.
  • Instruments, calibration and maintenance.
  • Reporting and approval.
  • Integration with GIS.
  • Integration with well and land databases.
  • Permissions and backup.
  • Digitisation of the historical record.

This does not necessarily mean purchasing two separate systems. A single product may provide independent modules for each field, and this will be determined under WP3.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Laboratory Information Management SystemLaboratory Information Management System – LIMSManaging samples, results, quality and reports
Water Quality Laboratory SystemWater Quality LIMSManaging water analyses, WQI and alerts
Geological Laboratory SystemGeo-LIMSManaging soil, rock and mineral ore samples
Laboratory Instrument Management SystemLaboratory Instrument Management SystemInstruments, maintenance and calibration
Analytical Instrument IntegrationLaboratory Instrument IntegrationTransferring results from instruments where appropriate
Geographic Information SystemsGeographic Information System – GISLinking samples and results to locations
Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving methods, procedures and reports
Business IntelligenceBusiness Intelligence – BIIndicators, monitoring dashboards and trend analysis
Quality Management SystemQuality Management System – QMSQuality procedures, non-conformities and corrective actions
Digitisation and ArchivingDocument Digitisation and Electronic ArchivingDigitising historical results and records

These categories represent the type of capability required and do not constitute the final selection of a specific product.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The Management needs to exchange data with the following Managements and systems:

Entity or SystemData Exchanged
Water Studies and Research ManagementWater-quality results and geological and laboratory results
Water Well Drilling and Maintenance Affairs ManagementWell number, location and water-analysis results
Soil, Irrigation and Drainage ManagementSoil and water samples and analysis results
Water Zones ManagementField samples, sources and locations
Geographic information systemsLocations of samples, wells and sources
Land databaseLocations and characteristics of soil and rock samples
Water licensing systemSource or licence data where required
Authorised entitiesApproved reports and results

Integration should be based on unified identifiers for the sample, well and location, and results should not be shared until they have been reviewed and approved.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (4.6-2): Priorities of Laboratories Management

OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Reorganise and activate the sample and result workflowPreparatory phase
2Provide a specialised LIMS for water qualityPhase One
3Organise the management of geological samples and provide Geo-LIMSPhase One
4Activate QA/QC and take account of ISO/IEC 17025Phase One
5Establish a central database of water-analysis resultsPhase One
6Manage instruments, calibration and maintenancePhase Two
7Digitise historical water-analysis resultsGradual
8Integrate with GIS and reference dataAfter establishing the basic data
9Provide WQI, alerts and monitoring dashboardsAfter LIMS becomes operational
10Provide specialised trainingContinuous

These priorities are consistent with the technical annexes, which identify a water-quality LIMS, geological sample management, QA/QC, ISO/IEC 17025, digitisation of results, and linkage to locations and instruments as principal priorities.

10. Readiness and Constraints

The WP1 and WP2 results showed the existence of operational and technical needs that must be addressed before or in parallel with implementation of the systems.

TopicMatter to Be Verified or Addressed
Laboratory operationOperational status and rehabilitation plan
InstrumentsOperational instruments and instruments requiring maintenance or replacement
Analytical methodsApproved methods and procedures
QualityLevel of QA/QC implementation and readiness for ISO/IEC 17025 requirements
SamplesReceipt, coding and Chain of Custody forms
ResultsStatus of paper-based and digital results
Historical dataNumber of records and priority for digitisation
StandardsLimits, units and references used
LocationsAccuracy of sample and source coordinates
Instruments and systemsCapacity for direct integration with analytical instruments
UsersNumber of users, their roles and permissions
Technical infrastructureServer, network, storage and backup
TrainingLaboratory, digital and quality-related training needs
SustainabilityParty responsible for operation, maintenance and support

The WP1 results indicated that laboratories had stopped operating or were operating on a limited basis, that traditional preservation methods were used, and that some instruments required maintenance and an accredited laboratory quality system needed to be activated. Implementation should therefore not be limited to providing software without addressing operational readiness.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Assessment of the condition of laboratories and instruments.
  • Design of the sample and result data model.
  • Design of the Chain of Custody.
  • Definition of methods for managing QA/QC and SOPs.
  • Definition of ISO/IEC 17025 requirements related to the system.
  • Design of integration among LIMS, Geo-LIMS and GIS.
  • Definition of linkages with well, land and licensing databases.
  • Determination of the possibility of direct integration with analytical instruments.
  • Design of review, approval and digital-signature workflows.
  • Definition of permissions and access levels.
  • Evaluation of software products and alternatives.
  • Definition of hosting, servers, networks and backup.
  • Preparation of a plan for digitising historical results.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs and the implementation, training and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Organisation of Samples and Results

This includes:

  • A basic sample register.
  • A permanent identifier for each sample.
  • Recording basic results.
  • Preserving analytical methods and reports.
  • A register of instruments and calibration.
  • Digitising priority results.
  • Basic linkage to locations.
  • Permissions and backup.

Result: Preliminary organisation of laboratory samples and results.

Constraint: Advanced quality functions, alerts and direct instrument integration remain limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • Water Quality LIMS for the Water Chemical Analysis Department.
  • Geo-LIMS for the Soil and Rock Analysis Department.
  • A digital Chain of Custody.
  • QA/QC and SOPs.
  • Management of instruments, calibration and maintenance.
  • Electronic issuance and approval of reports.
  • Phased integration with GIS and well and land data.
  • WQI, alerts and monitoring dashboards.
  • Phased digitisation of historical results.
  • User training and system support.

Result: Interconnected management of the sample, result and quality cycle.

Constraint: Requires rehabilitation of the laboratories and standardisation of procedures and data before expansion.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with analytical instruments.
  • Comprehensive integration with well, land and Water Zone databases.
  • Expanded management of quality and accreditation requirements.
  • Advanced analysis of trends and exceedances.
  • Organised sharing of approved results.
  • Comprehensive digitisation of the historical record.
  • A higher level of protection, continuity and technical support.
  • Dedicated and sustainable technical infrastructure.

Result: A comprehensive digital laboratory environment supporting technical work, quality, studies and decision-making.

Constraint: Requires greater cost, longer duration, and a larger technical and operational team.

Table (4.6-3): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Sample registrationBasicIntegratedIntegrated and interconnected
Chain of custodyLimitedFully digitalDigital and integrated with entities
ResultsRecording and preservationManagement and approvalAdvanced analysis and exchange
QA/QCBasicOrganised and integratedExpanded and linked to accreditation
InstrumentsBasic registerManagement, maintenance and calibrationBroader direct integration
GISBasic linkagePhased integrationComprehensive integration
WQI and alertsNot included or limitedIncludedAdvanced analysis and alerts
Historical dataPriority dataPhased digitisationComprehensive digitisation
ReportsBasicElectronic reports and monitoring dashboardsAdvanced reports and analyses
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Detailed costs, human resources, duration and risks are presented in the scenarios chapter.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis of the needs of Dams Management was based on:

  • The detailed WP2 response from the Dam Project Implementation Monitoring Department.
  • Supporting findings presented in the WP1 report.
  • The organisational mandates of the Departments.
  • Additional comments relating to monitoring stations, early warning and training.
  • The Objectives and Requirements Register included in the technical annexes.

Detailed WP2 results were available for the Dam Project Implementation Monitoring Department. The needs of this Department therefore represent the direct and supported findings in this section.

Sufficiently detailed WP2 responses were not available for the Studies and Designs, Operation and Maintenance, and Emergency Departments. Their data areas and the topics requiring verification are therefore presented, but they are not converted into final requirements without review by the concerned Departments.

Table (4.7-1): Departments Covered and Limitations of the Results

DepartmentField of WorkStatus of WP2 Results
Studies and Designs DepartmentHydrological and engineering studies, designs and drawingsRequires completion of verification
Dam Project Implementation Monitoring DepartmentImplementation, schedules, payment certificates, quality, handover and warrantyDirect detailed results
Dam Operation and Maintenance DepartmentOperation, readings, maintenance, equipment and dam conditionRequires completion of verification
Emergency DepartmentRainfall, floods, risk indicators, warning and responseRequires completion of verification
Archives and Administrative Support UnitFiles, documents and correspondenceShared supporting function

The response from the Dam Project Implementation Monitoring Department demonstrated the need for an integrated digital system for monitoring the implementation of dam projects, linking:

  • Approved engineering designs.
  • Schedules.
  • Actual completion percentages.
  • Site comments and photographs.
  • Implementation quality control.
  • Payment certificates and payments.
  • Provisional and final handover.
  • Warranty period.
  • Defects and comments until their closure.
  • Documents and versions.
  • The geographic location of the project.

The needs also include preparing Key Performance Indicators (KPIs), analysing schedule and financial variances, and preparing reports comparing design with implementation.

The response identified implementation monitoring as the first priority and proposed implementing the needs gradually over a period ranging from one to two years.

Early-warning programmes, hydrological monitoring stations, and management of operation, maintenance and safety data require the definition of their functions, data, users and priorities in coordination with the specialised Departments.

2. Principal Datasets
DatasetExamples of Its Content
Dam identification dataName, code, location, type, purpose and status
Project dataProject name, contract, contractor, consultant and phase
StudiesHydrological, geological, geotechnical and environmental studies
DesignsCalculations, drawings, specifications and bills of quantities
Implementation dataActivities, quantities, completion percentages and comments
SchedulesBaseline programme, updates and delays
Payment certificatesInterim and final payment certificates and reviews
Quality dataTests, comments, non-conformities and actions
Field photographsImplementation photographs linked to location and date
HandoverProvisional and final handover and committee comments
WarrantyStart and end of the warranty period and obligations
Defects and commentsIdentified defects, actions and closure status
Operation and maintenanceReadings, maintenance, equipment and condition of structures
Hydrological monitoringRainfall, water levels, discharge and time series
Safety and emergenciesRisk indicators, warnings, events and response
Spatial dataLocations of dams, structures and catchments, and maps
DocumentsCorrespondence, reports, minutes and approved versions
3. Principal Needs

The supported needs, or those requiring completion of verification, are as follows:

  • Establish a unified digital register of dams and their projects.
  • Assign a permanent identifier to each dam and each project.
  • Provide a digital system for monitoring the implementation of dam projects.
  • Link completion percentages to schedules.
  • Document site comments and photographs electronically.
  • Link payment certificates to actual completion percentages.
  • Organise provisional and final handover.
  • Establish a register for the warranty period.
  • Monitor defects and comments until their closure.
  • Establish a central repository for documents and records.
  • Control versions of designs and documents.
  • Link implementation documents to designs and hydrological data.
  • Link dam projects to locations through geographic information systems.
  • Prepare indicators and reports on implementation, cost and quality.
  • Provide a suitable server and secure backup environment.
  • Train employees in the implementation-monitoring system and dam-related software.
  • Complete the identification of Studies and Designs needs.
  • Complete the identification of Operation and Maintenance needs.
  • Complete the identification of safety data and indicators.
  • Identify the needs of hydrological monitoring stations.
  • Define the scope of the Early Warning System.
  • Determine the need for integration with Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition systems (SCADA).

Items 17 to 22 are not considered final requirements until they have been verified with the concerned Departments.

4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjectiveConfirmation Status
OBJ-DAM-01Standardise dam-project implementation dataSupported
OBJ-DAM-02Improve monitoring of implementation progressSupported
OBJ-DAM-03Support implementation quality controlSupported
OBJ-DAM-04Organise the review of payment certificatesSupported
OBJ-DAM-05Organise handover and warrantySupported
OBJ-DAM-06Manage project documentsSupported
OBJ-DAM-07Support analysis and reportingSupported
OBJ-DAM-08Strengthen spatial integrationSupported
OBJ-DAM-09Strengthen traceabilitySupported
OBJ-DAM-10Support management of hydrological monitoring dataRequires confirmation
OBJ-DAM-11Support early warningRequires confirmation
OBJ-DAM-12Support management of operation and maintenance dataRequires confirmation
OBJ-DAM-13Strengthen technical and digital capacitiesSupported by an additional comment

The separation between supported objectives and objectives requiring confirmation reflects the limitations of the available information and does not mean that the unconfirmed functions are unnecessary.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Dam Project Implementation Monitoring DepartmentThe Department should be able to determine the status of each project directly, including: • Completion percentage. • Extent of delay. • Value of payment certificates. • Open comments. • Quality status. • Handover status. • Warranty duration. • Unclosed defects. • Required actions.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-DAM-001Provide an integrated digital system for monitoring dam implementationIntegrationVery High
REQ-DAM-002Support schedule monitoring, quality control and payment-certificate managementData QualityHigh
REQ-DAM-003Link the implementation system to the engineering-design platformIntegrationHigh
REQ-DAM-004Record completion percentages digitally and periodicallyFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-005Link completion percentages to schedulesFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-006Document site comments through an electronic applicationFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-007Link implementation photographs to the project fileFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-008Provide an electronic system for reviewing payment certificatesWorkflowHigh
REQ-DAM-009Link payment certificates to actual completion percentagesFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-010Digitally archive final paymentsDataHigh
REQ-DAM-011Provide a workflow for provisional and final handoverFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-012Record handover committee comments electronicallyFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-013Establish a digital register for the warranty periodDataHigh
REQ-DAM-014Track defects and comments until their closureFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-015Establish a central repository for dam-project recordsDataHigh
REQ-DAM-016Apply document version controlDataHigh
REQ-DAM-017Link documents to designs and hydrological dataDataHigh
REQ-DAM-018Provide a dashboard for key performance indicatorsAnalyticalMedium to High
REQ-DAM-019Support analysis of schedule and financial variancesAnalyticalHigh
REQ-DAM-020Prepare reports comparing design with implementationAnalyticalHigh
REQ-DAM-021Provide an integrated project management systemIntegrationHigh
REQ-DAM-022Integrate with scheduling softwareIntegrationHigh
REQ-DAM-023Integrate with GIS to display implementation locationsIntegrationHigh
REQ-DAM-024Provide a suitable server for managing implementation dataTechnicalHigh
REQ-DAM-025Provide a secure backup environmentContinuityHigh
REQ-DAM-026Provide specialised training in the implementation-monitoring systemTrainingHigh
REQ-DAM-027Begin implementation with project monitoring as the priorityFunctionalVery High
REQ-DAM-028Take account of phased implementationFunctionalHigh
REQ-DAM-029Take account of a timeframe of one to two yearsFunctionalReference
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

During the first phase, the Management requires a system for monitoring dam projects:

Dam Project Monitoring Management Information System – Dam Project Monitoring MIS

The system should support:

  • Dam-project register.
  • Schedules and completion percentages.
  • Site data and photographs.
  • Implementation quality control.
  • Payment certificates.
  • Handover and warranty.
  • Defects and comments.
  • Documents and versions.
  • Indicators and reports.
  • Integration with GIS.

Following completion of verification, the environment may be expanded to include:

  • Computerised Maintenance Management System (CMMS).
  • Hydrological monitoring and time-series data management system.
  • Early Warning System (EWS).
  • Integration with SCADA where available.
  • Electronic Document Management System (EDMS).

This does not mean that a single software application must be used. Interconnected systems using a unified dam and project register may be provided.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Dam Project Monitoring Information SystemDam Project Monitoring MISMonitoring implementation, payment certificates, handover and warranty
Project Management Information SystemProject Management Information System – PMISSchedules, progress, cost and contracts
Electronic Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving studies, designs and versions
Geographic Information SystemsGeographic Information System – GISDam locations and project components
Asset and Maintenance Management SystemComputerised Maintenance Management System – CMMSOperation, maintenance and equipment following verification
Time-Series Data Management SystemTime-Series Data Management SystemMonitoring data and readings following verification
Early Warning SystemEarly Warning System – EWSIndicators and alerts following verification
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SystemSupervisory Control and Data Acquisition – SCADAOperational data where the system exists
Business IntelligenceBusiness Intelligence – BIPerformance indicators and monitoring dashboards
Fieldwork ToolsMobile Field Data Collection ToolsComments and photographs from implementation sites

These categories represent possible types of capabilities and do not constitute the final selection of a product or supplier.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The Departments of Dams Management need to use a shared register linking the stages of the dam life cycle.

Producing DepartmentDataSubsequent Use
Studies and Designs DepartmentStudies, designs and reference drawingsImplementation and technical verification
Dam Project Implementation Monitoring DepartmentProgress, payment certificates, quality and handover dataFormation of the dam’s technical record
Dam Operation and Maintenance DepartmentReadings, maintenance and equipmentMonitoring dam condition and safety
Emergency DepartmentRainfall, flood and warning dataCoordination and response
Archives UnitDocuments, correspondence and filesPreservation and institutional reference
Geographic information systemsLocations, maps and layersAll Departments

A unified dam identifier and a unified project identifier must be used to link the data correctly.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities
OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Dam project implementation-monitoring systemFirst priority
2Unified digital register for each project and damEarly
3Link completion to schedulesEarly
4Document site comments and photographsEarly
5Manage payment certificates and link them to completionMedium term
6Document repository and version controlMedium term
7Manage handover, warranty and defectsMedium term
8Integrate with GIS, designs and scheduling softwareMedium term
9Performance indicators and variance analysisAfter data become regular
10Verify operation, maintenance and safety needsBefore expansion
11Verify monitoring-station and early-warning needsBefore approval
ContinuousTraining, protection and backupAll phases

The WP2 response assigned priority to implementation monitoring, with phased implementation over a period ranging from one to two years.

10. Readiness and Constraints
TopicMatter to Be Verified
Dam registerNumber of dams and projects and the identifiers used
ProjectsExisting and completed projects and the status of their documents
DesignsApproved versions and file formats
SchedulesSoftware used and the extent to which schedules are updated
Payment certificatesCurrent review and approval method
Handover and warrantyForms and records used
DocumentsVolume of paper-based and digital records
Operation and maintenanceTypes of readings, assets and maintenance
SafetySafety indicators and warning thresholds
MonitoringStations, data and measurement frequency
Early warningCurrent or required system and user entities
SCADAIts existence, scope and potential for integration
UsersNumber, roles and permissions
Technical infrastructureServer, storage, connectivity and backup
TrainingTechnical and digital software for which training is required

The principal limitation of the analysis is the absence of detailed WP2 results for the Studies and Designs, Operation and Maintenance, and Emergency Departments.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Verification of the needs of the Studies and Designs Department.
  • Verification of the needs of the Dam Operation and Maintenance Department.
  • Verification of the needs of the Emergency Department.
  • Definition of the scope of hydrological monitoring stations.
  • Definition of the scope of the Early Warning System.
  • Definition of dam-safety data and indicators.
  • Assessment of the existence of SCADA and the possibility of integration with it.
  • Preparation of a unified dam and project data model.
  • Adoption of unified identifiers.
  • Design of the project-monitoring system architecture.
  • Definition of linkages with PMIS, EDMS and GIS.
  • Definition of permissions and approval workflows.
  • Evaluation of available software applications and products.
  • Definition of servers, hosting and backup.
  • Preparation of a document and record digitisation plan.
  • Preparation of technical specifications and detailed costs.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment of the Dam Project Register

This includes:

  • A unified register of dams and projects.
  • Management of basic documents.
  • Recording completion percentages.
  • Site comments and photographs.
  • Basic reports.
  • Basic linkage with GIS.
  • Permissions and backup.

Result: Rapid organisation of implementation-monitoring data.

Constraint: Does not include integrated management of payment certificates, warranty, operation and maintenance, or early warning.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • An integrated dam-project monitoring system.
  • Linking completion to schedules.
  • Management of payment certificates, handover and warranty.
  • Document version control.
  • Performance indicators and variance analysis.
  • Phased integration with design and GIS.
  • Addition of operation, maintenance and monitoring functions following verification.
  • User training and provision of support.

Result: Interconnected management of dam-project implementation, with the potential for gradual expansion.

Constraint: Requires completion of the requirements of the other Departments, cleaning of documents and standardisation of identifiers.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive Dam Life-Cycle Management

Following verification and approval, this includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Management of studies and designs.
  • Asset, operation and maintenance management.
  • Dam-safety data.
  • Hydrological monitoring stations.
  • Early Warning System.
  • Integration with SCADA where available.
  • Advanced spatial and temporal analysis.
  • An integrated technical record for each dam.
  • A higher level of protection, continuity and technical support.

Result: Comprehensive management of dam data from study through to operation and emergencies.

Constraint: This scenario has the highest cost and complexity and cannot be approved before the needs of all Departments and existing systems have been verified.

Table (4.7-2): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on Dams Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Dam and project registerBasicIntegratedCovers the life cycle
Implementation monitoringBasicFullFull and integrated
Payment certificatesLimitedElectronic managementExpanded integration and analysis
Handover and warrantyBasic recordingIntegrated workflowFully linked to the technical record
DocumentsPriority documentsRepository and versionsComprehensive management
GISBasic linkagePhased integrationAdvanced integration and analysis
Operation and maintenanceNot covered in detailFollowing verificationIntegrated management
Monitoring and warningNot includedPreparation or initial pilot following verificationIntegrated system
SCADANot includedIntegration assessmentIntegration where available
ReportsBasicIndicators and variance analysisAnalysis and decision support
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Detailed costs, human resources, duration and risks are presented in the chapter dedicated to the scenarios.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The analysis of the Management’s needs was based on:

  • WP2 responses from the Zones and Offices Affairs Department.
  • The WP2 response from the Climate Change Department.
  • The consolidated response from the Water Zones and their Branches.
  • Supporting WP1 findings.
  • The organisational mandates and technical annexes of the project.

Table (4.8-1): Units Covered and Their Fields of Work

Unit or LevelPrincipal Field of Work
Zones and Offices Affairs DepartmentConsolidating Zone data, analysing the water situation, preparing reports, and monitoring licences and violations
Climate Change DepartmentManaging climate data and analysing trends, impacts and scenarios
Water Zones and their BranchesCollecting field data and monitoring sources, facilities, wells and local activities
Local OfficesMonitoring, follow-up, documentation and referral of data to the Branches and the central level

This section focuses on needs, objectives, requirements and priorities. Platform design, data models, integration interfaces, software selection and final cost will be completed under WP3.

The Zones and Offices Affairs Department confirmed the need for a central national platform that consolidates and standardises Water Zone data and supports reporting, comparison and regulatory monitoring. The needs include establishing a national water-status database, standardising forms, analysing regional indicators, issuing reports electronically and establishing a national register of water-related violations.

The Climate Change Department confirmed the need for a national climate database that preserves station data, satellite data, time series, extreme events and climate scenarios and supports the analysis of trends and the impacts of climate change on water resources.

The supported needs of the Water Zones and their Branches include:

  • Direct linkage with the Ministry.
  • Use of standardised forms.
  • Use of mobile devices for data collection.
  • Linking data to a central database.
  • Analysis of temporal changes in groundwater data.
  • Integration with geographic information systems.
  • Training in data management.

Some other functions require further verification before approval, including automated reporting for the Branches, a digital licensing system, a local violation register, document management, and the method of hosting and backup.

2. Principal Datasets
DatasetExamples of Its Content
Zone dataZone, Branch and Office name and spatial scope
Water statusAvailable resources, sources, quantities, quality and problems
Well dataLocations, status, use, drilling and maintenance
Dam and facility dataLocations, condition, monitoring and comments
Licensing dataApplications, approvals, renewals and status
Violation dataType of violation, location, action and treatment status
Groundwater dataWater levels, abstraction, changes and time series
Climate dataRainfall, temperatures and extreme events
Station dataStation locations, measurement type, period and source
Satellite dataProducts, periods, resolution and processing status
Field dataVisits, photographs, coordinates and comments
Project and activity dataLocal activities, projects, progress and problems
ReportsLocal, periodic, semi-annual and annual reports
IndicatorsWater-status, climate, violation and performance indicators
Studies and scenariosClimate and water studies, models and results
3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Provide a national platform linking the Ministry to the Zones and Branches.
  • Establish a unified water-status database.
  • Adopt standardised identifiers for Zones, Branches, Offices and locations.
  • Standardise data collection and entry forms.
  • Link data directly to the central database.
  • Use mobile devices for field data collection.
  • Record coordinates, photographs and comments from the site.
  • Support work under weak connectivity and temporarily preserve data.
  • Standardise methods for calculating indicators and analysing data.
  • Prepare local, semi-annual and annual reports.
  • Provide an indicator dashboard for comparison among Zones.
  • Establish a national register of water-related violations.
  • Monitor violation procedures until closure.
  • Organise licences and activities relating to water exploitation.
  • Link data to wells, dams and laboratory results.
  • Link all data to locations through GIS.
  • Establish a national climate database.
  • Preserve long-term time series.
  • Integrate station and satellite data.
  • Support climate analysis, modelling and scenarios.
  • Define user permissions and review and approval workflows.
  • Provide a central server and secure backup.
  • Train users at the central level and within Zones and Branches.
  • Implement the system gradually according to readiness.
4. Data Management System Objectives
Objective CodeObjective
OBJ-REG-01Standardise Water Zone data
OBJ-REG-02Establish a national reference for the water situation
OBJ-REG-03Strengthen integration between the central level and the Branches
OBJ-REG-04Improve field data collection
OBJ-REG-05Strengthen regional analysis
OBJ-REG-06Support national reporting
OBJ-REG-07Support the application of legislation
OBJ-REG-08Strengthen sectoral integration
OBJ-REG-09Standardise climate data
OBJ-REG-10Support climate-change analysis
OBJ-REG-11Support water planning
OBJ-REG-12Strengthen spatial analysis
OBJ-REG-13Strengthen user competence
OBJ-REG-14Protect data and ensure continuity

These objectives are consistent with the Management Objectives Register included in the WP2 technical annexes.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Zones and Offices Affairs DepartmentThe Department should be able to prepare an updated national overview of the water situation, including: • The status of each Zone. • Principal resources and sources. • Quantitative and qualitative indicators. • Local projects and problems. • Licences and open violations. • Comparison among Zones. • Required actions and decisions. • The Department’s requirements include a national platform, a water-status database, standardised forms, reports and indicators, a violation register, and integration with wells, dams, analyses and GIS.
Climate Change DepartmentThe Department should be able to: • Identify the source, period and resolution of each dataset. • Compare station and satellite data. • Analyse long-term trends and changes. • Study climate impacts on groundwater and surface water. • Prepare national climate scenarios. • Transfer the results into water planning and national reporting.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-RMO-001Provide a central platform for consolidating Zone dataDataVery High
REQ-RMO-002Support data standardisation, decision-making and regulatory oversightDataHigh
REQ-RMO-003Operate the platform nationally within the MinistryFunctionalVery High
REQ-RMO-004Establish a national water-status databaseDataVery High
REQ-RMO-005Standardise data forms received from the ZonesDataHigh
REQ-RMO-006Support analysis of regional indicatorsAnalyticalHigh
REQ-RMO-007Provide an indicator dashboard for comparison among ZonesAnalyticalHigh
REQ-RMO-008Issue semi-annual and annual reports electronicallyAnalyticalHigh
REQ-RMO-009Link reports to national performance indicatorsAnalyticalHigh
REQ-RMO-010Support strategic planning with informationFunctionalHigh
REQ-RMO-011Provide a platform for sharing technical specificationsFunctionalMedium to High
REQ-RMO-012Standardise analysis methods among ZonesAnalyticalHigh
REQ-RMO-013Adopt standardised data-entry formsWorkflowHigh
REQ-RMO-014Establish a national register of water-related violationsDataHigh
REQ-RMO-015Link violations to drilling and operational dataDataHigh
REQ-RMO-016Monitor the treatment of violations until closureFunctionalHigh
REQ-RMO-017Integrate with well dataIntegrationHigh
REQ-RMO-018Integrate with dam dataIntegrationHigh
REQ-RMO-019Integrate with laboratory-analysis dataIntegrationHigh
REQ-RMO-020Evaluate a Water Zones Management PlatformFunctionalHigh
REQ-RMO-021Integrate directly with GISIntegrationHigh
REQ-RMO-022Provide a central serverTechnicalHigh
REQ-RMO-023Provide secure backupContinuityHigh
REQ-RMO-024Provide training in Water Zone data management and GISTrainingHigh
REQ-RMO-025Assign the highest priority to the national platformFunctionalVery High
REQ-RMO-026Take account of the comprehensive implementation stated in the responseFunctionalReference
REQ-RMO-027Take account of a timeframe of one to two yearsFunctionalReference
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-CLC-001Establish a unified national climate databaseDataVery High
REQ-CLC-002Support impact analysis, modelling and decision-makingAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-003Link the database to water-resources dataDataHigh
REQ-CLC-004Establish a database of extreme climate eventsDataHigh
REQ-CLC-005Integrate station and satellite dataDataHigh
REQ-CLC-006Preserve long-term time seriesDataHigh
REQ-CLC-007Support climate-trend analysisAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-008Support analysis of impacts on groundwaterAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-009Link the analysis to abstraction and consumption dataAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-010Issue periodic reports on climate impactsAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-011Provide a specialised climate-modelling environmentAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-012Preserve climate scenarios in a central repositoryAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-013Support IPCC models or regional modelsFunctionalHigh
REQ-CLC-014Support the preparation of national climate-change scenariosAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-015Integrate climate results into water planningFunctionalHigh
REQ-CLC-016Exchange related data with the agriculture sectorDataMedium to High
REQ-CLC-017Exchange related data with the environment sectorDataMedium to High
REQ-CLC-018Provide a national dashboard of climate-risk indicatorsAnalyticalMedium to High
REQ-CLC-019Provide specialised climate-modelling softwareAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-020Provide tools for time-series analysisAnalyticalHigh
REQ-CLC-021Integrate directly with GISIntegrationHigh
REQ-CLC-022Provide a high-capacity server for climate dataTechnicalHigh
REQ-CLC-023Assess the provision of a High-Performance Computing environmentFunctionalMedium
REQ-CLC-024Provide specialised training in climate modellingTrainingHigh
REQ-CLC-025Assign the highest priority to the climate databaseDataVery High
REQ-CLC-026Take account of the comprehensive implementation stated in the responseFunctionalReference
REQ-CLC-027Take account of a timeframe of one to two yearsFunctionalReference
CodeRequirementTypePriority
REQ-REG-001Support data standardisation and improve analysis, compliance and local decision-makingAnalyticalHigh
REQ-REG-002Take account of beginning with a basic system levelFunctionalReference
REQ-REG-003Link the Water Zone data environment directly to the MinistryDataVery High
REQ-REG-004Use mobile devices for data collectionTechnicalHigh
REQ-REG-005Standardise data-entry forms among ZonesFunctionalHigh
REQ-REG-006Link data directly to a central databaseDataVery High
REQ-REG-007Provide temporal analysis of groundwater dataAnalyticalHigh
REQ-REG-008Integrate with GISIntegrationHigh
REQ-REG-009Provide specialised training in data managementTrainingHigh
REQ-REG-010Assign the highest priority to central linkageFunctionalVery High
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Management requires an interconnected environment consisting of:

  • Regional Water Management Platform For consolidating Zone data, preparing reports and indicators, and monitoring violations.
  • Climate Data Management and Analysis System For preserving climate data and time series and supporting modelling and scenarios.
  • Mobile Field Data Collection Tools For recording data, photographs and coordinates from sites.
  • Enterprise GIS and Web GIS For linking data to locations and displaying and analysing them.

Not all functions are required to be included within a single software application. They may be implemented through interconnected systems using standardised forms, identifiers and quality rules.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Water Zones Management PlatformRegional Water Management PlatformLinking the Ministry to the Zones and Branches
Water-Status DatabaseNational Water-Status DatabaseConsolidating water-status data
Field Data Collection SystemMobile Field Data Collection SystemField entry, photographs and coordinates
Enterprise Geographic Information SystemEnterprise Geographic Information System – Enterprise GISManaging and analysing spatial data
Web Geographic Information SystemWeb Geographic Information System – Web GISDisplaying maps and data for Branches
Climate Data SystemClimate Data Management SystemPreserving climate data and time series
Climate Modelling ToolsClimate Modelling ToolsAnalysing impacts and scenarios
Violation Management SystemWater-Violation Management SystemRecording violations and monitoring their procedures
Workflow Management SystemWorkflow Management SystemReview, approval and follow-up
Electronic Document Management SystemElectronic Document Management System – EDMSPreserving reports, specifications and correspondence
Business IntelligenceBusiness Intelligence – BIIndicators, monitoring dashboards and comparison
High-Performance ComputingHigh-Performance Computing – HPCRunning large models where the need is demonstrated

These categories represent the types of capabilities required and do not constitute the final selection of a product or supplier.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The Management operates through a flow of data between the field and central levels.

Producing EntityDataUsing Entity
Local OfficesVisits, measurements, photographs and commentsBranches
BranchesWater-status reports and consolidated dataZones and Offices Affairs Department
Zones and Offices Affairs DepartmentNational reports and indicatorsMinistry and specialised Managements
Climate Change DepartmentStudies, trends and scenariosPlanning, Studies and the Management
Wells ManagementWell, drilling and maintenance recordsZones and Zones and Offices Affairs Department
Dams ManagementDam and project dataZones and national reports
LaboratoriesWater-quality resultsZones and Studies
GISLocations, layers and mapsAll levels

Standardised identifiers for Zones, Branches, Offices, wells, dams and locations must be used to prevent duplication or linkage to an incorrect record.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities
OrderPriorityProposed Timing
1Establish the national water-status platformPhase One
2Establish a unified national databasePhase One
3Link the Zones and Branches to the central levelPhase One
4Standardise forms and identifiersPhase One
5Apply mobile data collectionPhase Two
6Integrate with GISPhase Two
7Establish the violation register and follow-up proceduresPhase Two
8Prepare reports, indicators and comparison dashboardsPhase Two
9Establish the climate databasePhase One to Phase Two
10Preserve and analyse climate time seriesPhase Two
11Develop climate modelling and scenariosLater phase
ContinuousTraining, protection and backupAll phases

The technical annexes identify the national platform, unified database, central linkage, field forms, GIS and climate database as principal priorities.

10. Readiness and Constraints
TopicMatter to Be Verified
Branches and OfficesNumber of users and sites and distribution of responsibilities
FormsForms currently used and the extent of their standardisation
ConnectivityQuality of connectivity within Branches and remote Offices
Offline workNeed to enter data without network access
DevicesAvailability of telephones, tablets and computers
DatabasesCurrent sources and volume of data
Climate dataPeriods, gaps, resolution and sources
LicencesRegistration, review and approval procedures
ViolationsForms, procedures and responsibilities
ReportsTypes, frequency and indicators of reports
HostingCentral, local or cloud-based
ProtectionPermissions, backup and restoration
TrainingSkills of employees within Branches and at the central level
SupportEntity responsible for operation and maintenance

Separate responses were not available from every Branch or Office. It cannot therefore be assumed that readiness levels or practices are identical across all Zones. Some functions of the Zones and Branches also remain recorded for verification before final approval.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Verification of unresolved functions within the Zones and Branches.
  • Determination of the number of users and sites.
  • Preparation of the water-status data model.
  • Adoption of identifiers for Zones, Branches and Offices.
  • Design of the central platform.
  • Design of field data collection forms.
  • Definition of offline work and synchronisation methods.
  • Design of the violation register and follow-up workflow.
  • Design of the climate database.
  • Definition of the method for preserving time series.
  • Definition of integration with wells, dams, laboratories and GIS.
  • Definition of data exchange with external sectors.
  • Definition of permissions and review and approval workflows.
  • Evaluation of available software applications and products.
  • Definition of hosting, servers and backup.
  • Assessment of the need for HPC.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Basic Linkage

This includes:

  • A basic water-status database.
  • Standardised forms for Zones and Branches.
  • Central entry or entry through simple forms.
  • Basic linkage to locations.
  • Basic periodic reports.
  • An initial climate database.
  • Permissions and backup.

Result: Organisation of basic data and linkage of the Branches to the Ministry.

Constraint: Automation, integration and modelling remain limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated Platform

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • A Water Zones Management Platform.
  • An integrated national water-status database.
  • Mobile data collection.
  • Offline work and subsequent synchronisation.
  • A national violation register and follow-up workflow.
  • Reports, indicators and comparison dashboards.
  • Phased integration with wells, dams, laboratories and GIS.
  • A climate and time-series data management system.
  • User training and a support team.

Result: An organised flow of data from the Branches to the Ministry, with standardised reports and indicators.

Constraint: Requires improved connectivity, standardised forms and clear review and approval responsibilities.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive National Platform

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with Ministry systems and reference databases.
  • Direct or near-direct data updating.
  • Advanced spatial and temporal analysis.
  • Advanced climate modelling and scenarios.
  • A national dashboard for the water situation and climate risks.
  • Organised data exchange with related sectors.
  • More advanced hosting, protection and recovery infrastructure.
  • Assessment of the use of High-Performance Computing for modelling.

Result: The highest level of integration, analysis and support for national and regional decision-making.

Constraint: Requires greater cost, longer duration, a larger technical team and stronger connectivity infrastructure.

Table (4.8-2): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Management

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Branch linkageBasicDirect and phasedComprehensive and integrated
Water-status databaseInitialIntegrated national databaseIntegrated with all systems
FieldworkSimple formsMobile devices and synchronisationBroad linkage and direct updating
ReportsBasic periodic reportsIndicators and comparison dashboardsAdvanced analysis and decision support
ViolationsBasic recordingRegister and follow-up workflowComprehensive integration and analysis
Climate dataInitial databaseTime-series management and analysisAdvanced modelling and scenarios
GISBasic linkagePhased integrationAdvanced spatial analysis and publishing
IntegrationLimitedPhasedComprehensive
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Detailed costs, human resources, duration and risks are presented in the chapter dedicated to the scenarios.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The General Desalination Company was established under Decision No. 924 of 2007 as a public joint-stock company with legal personality and financial independence, with its headquarters in Benghazi. Its mandates were regulated under Decision No. 250 of 2009, and its Articles of Association were subsequently reissued under Council of Ministers Decision No. 836 of 2013.

The Company is responsible for managing, operating, maintaining and rehabilitating desalination plants; conducting technical and economic studies relating to desalination; proposing specifications and standards; implementing projects; and preparing plans relating to its activities.

The Company supervises the following desalination plants:

  • Tobruk Desalination Plant.
  • Gulf of Bomba Desalination Plant.
  • Derna Desalination Plant.
  • Susa Desalination Plant.
  • Abu Turaba Desalination Plant.
  • Zliten Desalination Plant.
  • Zawiya Desalination Plant.
  • Zuwara Desalination Plant.

The WP2 analysis focuses on data management needs relating to plants, production, operation, shutdowns, water quality, analysis results, maintenance, energy, materials, reports and historical data.

The analysis does not assume that the eight plants have identical operational or technical capacities or connectivity conditions. It also does not use detailed names of organisational Managements or Departments unless they are confirmed by an institutional source. The results are therefore presented by functional area and operational plant rather than according to an assumed organisational structure.

Table (5.1): Scope of the Analysis of the Company’s Needs

ElementScope
EntityGeneral Desalination Company
Institutional statusPublic company with legal personality and financial independence
Operational fieldProduction of desalinated water and operation and maintenance of desalination plants
Operational locationsEight desalination plants
Levels of useHeadquarters, technical fields, plants and laboratories
Principal dataPlants, production, operation, shutdowns, quality, maintenance, energy and reports
Source of resultsWP2 responses and supporting WP1 findings
Limitations of the analysisDoes not include detailed design or software-product selection

The WP2 results showed that the Company requires a unified view of desalination-plant data, based on a reference register for each plant and production unit and a central production database linked to operation, shutdown, water-quality and analysis-result data.

The principal needs are:

  • Standardising plant and production-unit data.
  • Recording the quantities of water produced and preserving them over time.
  • Linking production to operating hours and unit status.
  • Recording shutdowns, their duration and causes.
  • Organising data on energy consumption and operating materials.
  • Establishing a central register of water samples.
  • Establishing a central database of analysis results.
  • Linking quality results to the plant, unit and sampling point.
  • Organising data on assets, failures and maintenance.
  • Monitoring spare parts and materials associated with maintenance.
  • Preparing reports and indicators that can be compared among plants.
  • Issuing alerts when production declines, significant shutdowns occur or quality limits are exceeded.
  • Organising permissions, backup and restoration.
  • Digitising historical records according to priority.
  • Training users and information technology teams.
  • Implementing the system gradually according to plant readiness.

Table (5.3): Summary of the Company’s Needs

ThemeNeedPurpose
PlantsReference register for each plant and unitStandardising operational-site data
ProductionCentral database of quantities producedMonitoring and comparison
OperationLinking production to operational statusExplaining changes in production
ShutdownsRecording duration, cause and actionAnalysing availability and performance
QualityUnified register of samples and resultsMonitoring water quality
MaintenanceLinking failures to assets and maintenance ordersPreserving the technical record
Time seriesPreserving data historicallyAnalysing trends
ReportsIndicators and monitoring dashboardsSupporting Management and decision-making
ProtectionPermissions and backupProtecting data and ensuring continuity
ImplementationGradual applicationTaking account of differences in plant readiness
2. Principal Datasets

The functional areas of analysis include:

  • Production and operation.
  • Water quality and analyses.
  • Maintenance and assets.
  • Energy and operating materials.
  • Reporting and indicators.
  • Documents and historical data.
  • Information systems and technical support.

Table (5.2): Principal Datasets

DatasetExamples of Its Content
Plant dataPlant name, code, location, technology, commissioning date and status
Production unitsUnit number, design capacity, components and status
Feed waterQuantity, quality and source of feed water, where available
ProductionQuantity produced daily, monthly and annually
Water deliveredOutgoing quantities, delivery points and timing
OperationOperating hours and status of units and equipment
ShutdownsTime, duration and cause of shutdown and action taken
EnergyEnergy consumption by plant, unit and period
Operating materialsChemicals, filters and consumable materials
Water qualitySamples, sampling points, results and quality limits
AssetsPumps, membranes, tanks, pipelines and equipment
Failures and maintenanceFailures, work orders, maintenance and spare parts
InventorySpare parts, materials, quantities and inventory levels
ReportsProduction, operation, quality and maintenance reports
DocumentsDrawings, specifications, manuals and procedures
Historical dataPaper records, old files and time series

The technical annexes confirm that the Company’s scope includes plants, units, production, energy, operation, shutdowns, samples, quality results, failures, maintenance, inventory, materials, reports and time series.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Establish a unified reference register for desalination plants.
  • Assign a permanent identifier to each plant, production unit and principal asset.
  • Establish a central production database.
  • Standardise units of measurement, definitions and recording forms.
  • Record production by plant, unit and period.
  • Preserve operation and shutdown data as time series.
  • Link production to the condition of units and equipment.
  • Organise energy and operating-material data.
  • Establish a central register of water samples.
  • Link analysis results to the plant, unit and sampling point.
  • Document non-conformities and actions taken.
  • Organise asset, failure and maintenance data.
  • Link spare parts and materials to maintenance activities.
  • Prepare production, availability, energy and quality indicators.
  • Provide central reports and monitoring dashboards.
  • Organise technical documents and their versions.
  • Digitise priority records and documents.
  • Define the permissions of headquarters and plant users.
  • Record amendments and principal operations.
  • Provide regular backup and restoration.
  • Take account of differences in connectivity and capacity among plants.
  • Examine integration with existing operational systems.
  • Train users and operation and support teams.
  • Implement the needs in phases linked to readiness.
4. Data Management System Objectives

Table (5.6): Objectives Register

Objective CodeObjectiveRequired Result
GDC-OBJ-01Standardise plant dataA reference register for each plant and unit
GDC-OBJ-02Improve production monitoringOrganised and updated production data
GDC-OBJ-03Link production to operationExplain changes in production according to operational status
GDC-OBJ-04Organise shutdown dataDocument duration, cause and action
GDC-OBJ-05Support monitoring of plant efficiencyComparable indicators
GDC-OBJ-06Standardise water-quality dataA central register of samples and results
GDC-OBJ-07Link quality to productionLink results to the plant, period and production
GDC-OBJ-08Support reporting and analysisReports, indicators and monitoring dashboards
GDC-OBJ-09Preserve historical dataComparison among plants and periods
GDC-OBJ-10Organise access and permissionsClear permissions for entry and review
GDC-OBJ-11Protect data and ensure continuityBackup, restoration and amendment tracking
GDC-OBJ-12Digitise priority recordsMake archives and documents available
GDC-OBJ-13Support integrationLink operation, quality, maintenance and GIS
GDC-OBJ-14Support operational decision-makingUpdated and traceable information
GDC-OBJ-15Develop capacitiesQualified users and support teams
GDC-OBJ-16Support gradual implementationBegin with priorities and expand according to readiness

These objectives are consistent with the Company Objectives Register in the WP2 report.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Plant and Production-Unit DataThe system should provide a unified electronic file for each plant and production unit, representing the principal reference to which all production, operation, quality, maintenance and reporting data are linked.
Water-Quality and Analysis DataThe Company should be able to determine the water-quality status for each plant and production period and link any exceedance to the unit, operational status and action taken.
Energy and Operating-Material DataProvide indicators that support comparison of energy and material consumption with the quantity of water produced, without approving final values or standards before technical verification.
Reports, Documents and Historical DataThe user should be able to access data and reports for any plant and period and identify the source, version, and personnel responsible for preparing and reviewing the report.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-DAT-001Establish a unified register for each plant and production unitDataVery High
GDC-DAT-002Record production quantities periodically and preserve them historicallyDataVery High
GDC-DAT-003Record incoming, produced and outgoing water where availableDataHigh
GDC-DAT-004Compare actual production with design capacityDataHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-OPS-001Record operational status and operating hoursتشغيلHigh
GDC-OPS-002Record shutdowns, their duration and causesتشغيلHigh
GDC-OPS-003Link production to the condition of units and equipmentتشغيلHigh
GDC-OPS-004Support energy and operating-material data linked to productionتشغيلMedium to High
GDC-OPS-005Issue alerts when performance declines or significant shutdowns occurتشغيلMedium to High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-LAB-001Establish a unified register of water samplesجودة / مختبرVery High
GDC-LAB-002Establish a central database of analysis resultsجودة / مختبرVery High
GDC-LAB-003Link the sample to the plant, line and sampling pointجودة / مختبرHigh
GDC-LAB-004Link quality results to production and operationجودة / مختبرHigh
GDC-LAB-005Issue non-conformity reports and monitor related actionsجودة / مختبرHigh
GDC-LAB-006Support alerts when quality limits are exceededجودة / مختبرMedium to High
GDC-LAB-007Support review and approval of resultsجودة / مختبرHigh
GDC-LAB-008Examine the provision of a LIMS or Water Quality Information Systemجودة / مختبرMedium to High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-RPT-001Issue periodic production, operation and quality reportsتقارير / تحليلHigh
GDC-RPT-002Provide a central monitoring dashboard and comparative indicatorsتقارير / تحليلHigh
GDC-RPT-003Support temporal-trend analysisتقارير / تحليلHigh
GDC-RPT-004Link reports to their data sourcesتقارير / تحليلHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-SEC-001Define users and apply role-based permissionsProtectionVery High
GDC-SEC-002Record amendments and principal operationsProtectionHigh
GDC-SEC-003Provide regular and secure backup and data restorationContinuityVery High
GDC-SEC-004Protect data against unauthorised deletion or amendmentProtectionVery High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-TEC-001Provide a central databaseTechnicalVery High
GDC-TEC-002Support data entry from plantsTechnicalHigh
GDC-TEC-003Take account of variations in connectivity and capacity among plantsTechnicalHigh
GDC-TEC-004Support the preservation of time-series data and documentsTechnicalHigh
GDC-TEC-005Support integration with GISIntegrationMedium to High
GDC-TEC-006Examine integration with SCADA and existing operational systemsIntegrationMedium to High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-DIG-001Inventory the records and documents to be digitisedDigitisationHigh
GDC-DIG-002Prioritise production and analysis data for digitisationDigitisationVery High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GDC-TRN-001Train users in data entry and reviewTrainingHigh
GDC-TRN-002Provide training in analysis, reporting and monitoring dashboardsTrainingHigh
GDC-TRN-003Train information technology teams in operation and supportTrainingVery High
GDC-TRN-004Link training to the implementation phasesTrainingHigh
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Company requires an interconnected information environment for managing desalination plants, which may consist of:

  • Desalination Operations Management Information System For managing plant, production, operation, shutdown, energy and material data.
  • Laboratory Information Management System – LIMS For managing samples and water-quality results.
  • Computerised Maintenance Management System – CMMS For managing failures, work orders and maintenance.
  • Enterprise Asset Management – EAM For managing the life cycle of principal assets.
  • Business Intelligence Platform – BI Platform For preparing indicators, reports and monitoring dashboards.
  • Electronic Document Management System – EDMS For organising documents, versions and historical records.
  • Geographic Information System – GIS For linking plants, assets and delivery points to locations.
  • Integration with Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition – SCADA Where approved and connectable interfaces are available.

SCADA is not a substitute for the Data Management System. SCADA is concerned with monitoring, control and the collection of operational readings, while the Data Management System organises records, documents, results, reports and relationships among data.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Desalination Operations Information SystemDesalination Operations MISProduction, operation, shutdowns and energy
Laboratory Information Management SystemLaboratory Information Management System – LIMSSamples and water-quality results
Computerised Maintenance Management SystemComputerised Maintenance Management System – CMMSFailures, work orders and maintenance
Enterprise Asset ManagementEnterprise Asset Management – EAMTechnical record and asset life cycle
Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition SystemSupervisory Control and Data Acquisition – SCADAOperational readings and control
Business IntelligenceBusiness Intelligence – BIIndicators, reports and monitoring dashboards
Electronic Document ManagementElectronic Document Management System – EDMSDocuments, versions and archiving
Geographic Information SystemsGeographic Information System – GISLocations, assets and delivery points
Workflow ManagementWorkflow Management SystemReview, approval and follow-up
Data IntegrationAPI and ETL ToolsData exchange among systems
DigitisationDocument Scanning and OCR ToolsDigitising records and documents

These categories are presented to clarify the type of capability required and do not constitute a selection of or recommendation to purchase a specific product.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The Company needs to exchange data among plants, headquarters, specialised systems and beneficiary entities.

Table (5.4): Data Flow within the Company

Producing EntityDataUsing Entity
PlantsProduction, operation and shutdownsHeadquarters and technical Managements
LaboratoriesSamples and quality resultsPlants and technical Management
MaintenanceFailures, work orders and spare partsOperation and Management
StoresSpare parts and materialsMaintenance and planning
Operational systemsReadings and operational statusData Management System and reporting
HeadquartersIndicators, reports and instructionsSenior Management and plants

External Integration

EntityData Potentially Exchanged
Ministry of Water ResourcesProduction, quality, asset and project indicators
General Company for Water and WastewaterProduction, quality, quantities delivered, delivery points and shutdowns
Regulatory or oversight entitiesApproved reports and results according to permissions
Geographic information systemsLocations of plants, facilities and delivery points
Laboratory systemsSamples and analysis results
Maintenance systemsAssets, failures and work orders

Data exchange does not mean that ownership of the data is transferred from the Company to the beneficiary entity. The data owner, reference version, purpose of sharing, update frequency, level of detail and permissions must be defined.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (5.5): Company Priorities

OrderPriorityGeneral Timing
1Unified register of plants and unitsEarly
2Central production databasePhase One
3Organisation of operation and shutdown dataPhase One
4Central register of samples and analysis resultsPhase One
5Link quality to production and operationPhase One
6Preserve time seriesEarly to medium term
7Central reports and monitoring dashboardsAfter organisation of the basic data
8Document management and digitisationGradual
9Operational and water-quality alertsMedium term
10Integration with operational systemsAccording to readiness
11Management of maintenance and asset dataMedium term
ContinuousProtection and backupAll phases
ContinuousTraining and supportAll phases

This order represents a general sequence of needs and does not constitute a final technical implementation plan.

10. Readiness and Constraints

Implementation of the system requires verification of the following aspects:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
PlantsOperational and technical condition of each plant
UnitsNumber, status and capacity of units
ProductionSources, frequency and units of measurement
OperationMethods used to record operating hours and shutdowns
SCADAPlants using it and available data
Integration interfacesPossibility of exporting data and approved integration interfaces
QualityOperational laboratories and sample and result forms
MaintenanceSystems and records currently used
AssetsAvailability of standardised equipment coding
EnergySources and accuracy of consumption data
Materials and inventoryCurrent storage and recording systems
ConnectivityLevel of connectivity between headquarters and plants
Historical dataVolume of paper-based and digital records
UsersNumber, roles and permissions
ServersCapacity, hosting and backup
Support teamsCapacity to operate and maintain the systems
TrainingLevel of user skills at each plant

Differences in readiness, connectivity and existing systems among plants represent a principal constraint that should affect the sequencing of implementation phases. They are not a reason to impose the same solution in the same manner on all plants.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Preparation of a unified register of plants, units and assets.
  • Design of the production, operation and shutdown data model.
  • Design of the sample and quality-result data model.
  • Definition of identifiers, units of measurement and classifications.
  • Assessment of the existing SCADA systems at the plants.
  • Identification of available and approved integration interfaces.
  • Definition of integration among the operations system, LIMS, CMMS and GIS.
  • Definition of reporting requirements and performance indicators.
  • Definition of data-entry methods at plants with weak connectivity.
  • Design of permissions and review and approval workflows.
  • Definition of hosting, servers and networks.
  • Preparation of backup and recovery requirements.
  • Inventory of historical records and preparation of the digitisation plan.
  • Evaluation of software products and alternatives.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training, operation and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Priority Operational Registers

This includes:

  • A unified register of plants and units.
  • A basic central production database.
  • Manual or simplified electronic recording of operation and shutdowns.
  • A basic register of samples and quality results.
  • Basic periodic reports.
  • Digitisation of priority production and analysis data.
  • Permissions and backup.
  • Basic linkage to locations.

Result: Rapid organisation of the basic data and provision of a unified overview of the plants.

Constraint: Integration with SCADA, LIMS and CMMS remains limited, and some processes depend on manual entry.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System for Desalination Plants

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • A Desalination Operations Management Information System.
  • Time-series management for production and operation.
  • A LIMS or specialised water-quality module.
  • A CMMS or EAM system for maintenance and asset management.
  • Indicators and monitoring dashboards using BI.
  • Phased integration with GIS.
  • Selective integration with SCADA according to the readiness of each plant.
  • Document and version management.
  • Training of users and support teams.
  • Gradual implementation beginning with the plants that have the highest readiness.

Result: Linking production, operation, quality and maintenance within a unified and scalable environment.

Constraint: Requires data cleaning, standardisation of identifiers, and assessment of the systems and interfaces at each plant.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated Desalination-Plant Management Platform

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with SCADA and available operational systems.
  • Automatic or semi-automatic transfer of readings.
  • Comprehensive management of assets, maintenance and spare parts.
  • Advanced water-quality management and alerts.
  • Advanced analysis of production, energy and shutdowns.
  • Direct comparison among plants and units.
  • Broad integration with GIS and beneficiary entities.
  • A higher level of hosting, protection and disaster recovery.
  • Expanded digitisation of historical records.
  • A central and specialised operation and support team.

Result: The highest level of integration, updating, analysis and operational decision support.

Constraint: This scenario has the highest cost and complexity and requires reliable connectivity, approved operational interfaces, and greater human and technical resources.

Table (5.7): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Company

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Plant registerBasicIntegratedIntegrated and interconnected
ProductionBasic entryManagement and time seriesAutomatic updating and advanced analysis
Operation and shutdownsSimplified recordingManagement and analysisBroader direct integration
Water qualityResults registerLIMS and phased integrationAdvanced management and alerts
Maintenance and assetsBasic dataCMMS/EAMComprehensive and integrated management
SCADANot integrated or limitedSelective integrationBroad integration
GISBasic linkagePhased integrationComprehensive integration and analysis
ReportsBasic periodic reportsMonitoring dashboardsAdvanced analysis and decision support
DigitisationPriority dataPhased digitisationExpanded digitisation
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Capital cost, operating cost, human resources, duration, risks and sustainability are presented in detail in the chapter dedicated to the scenarios at the level of the entities covered.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The General Company for Water and Wastewater was established in its national form under Law No. 8 of 1997 and was subsequently reorganised and reconstituted under Decision No. 923 of 2007 as a public company with legal personality, financial independence, and administrative and financial autonomy.

The Company’s headquarters are located in Tripoli. It carries out its activities through a central structure and geographically distributed operational regions, Offices and service centres.

The Company’s general mandates include:

  • Operating and maintaining water transmission and distribution systems.
  • Operating and maintaining pumping and treatment plants.
  • Operating reservoirs and monitoring and control centres.
  • Implementing water connections for consumers.
  • Managing customer, meter, consumption and collection data.
  • Operating and maintaining wastewater networks and plants.
  • Implementing projects and works associated with water and wastewater services.

The WP2 analysis focuses on data management needs relating to sources, production, pumping, networks, facilities, assets, maintenance, water quality, customers, meters, complaints, billing, water losses, documents and reports.

The scope of the analysis includes:

  • Headquarters.
  • Operational regions.
  • Offices.
  • Service centres.
  • Plants and operational sites.

The functional areas presented in this chapter are not used as official organisational titles unless confirmed in an approved institutional document. A local response received from an Office, centre or region is also not generalised to the entire Company without an institutional basis permitting such generalisation.

Table (6.1): Scope of the Analysis of the Company’s Needs

ElementScope
EntityGeneral Company for Water and Wastewater
Institutional statusPublic company with legal personality and financial independence
Operational fieldProduction, pumping, transmission and distribution of water and provision of wastewater services
Levels coveredHeadquarters, regions, Offices, service centres and operational sites
Principal dataSources, networks, plants, assets, maintenance, quality and customers
Sources of resultsWP2 responses and supporting WP1 findings
Analysis outputsNeeds, objectives, priorities and preliminary requirements
Limitations of the analysisDoes not include detailed design or final selection of software products

The WP2 results showed that the Company requires an interconnected national environment for managing water and wastewater service data. This environment should organise operational, technical and service-related data and link headquarters to the regions, Offices, service centres and operational sites.

The principal needs include:

  • Unified reference registers for sources, networks, facilities, assets and customers.
  • Periodic recording of production, pumping and distribution data.
  • A spatial database for networks, assets and service areas.
  • Management of failures, notifications, work orders and maintenance.
  • Organisation of water samples and analysis results.
  • Organisation of customer, connection, meter and consumption data.
  • A unified complaints register and follow-up until closure.
  • Linking production, distribution, consumption and billing.
  • Supporting the preparation of the water balance and analysis of water losses.
  • Organising maps, plans, documents and historical records.
  • Preparing reports, indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • Organising responsibilities, permissions, backup and restoration.
  • Training users and operation and support teams.
  • Implementing the system gradually in a manner appropriate to the geographic scope and level of readiness.

Table (6.3): Summary of the Company’s Needs

ThemePrincipal NeedPurpose
Sources and productionUnified register and periodic operational dataMonitoring supply, production and pumping
NetworksSpatial databaseManaging pipelines, networks and their components
Facilities and assetsUnified reference registerLinking assets to location, condition and maintenance
MaintenanceNotifications and work ordersMonitoring preventive and corrective maintenance
Water qualitySample and result databaseMonitoring quality spatially and over time
Customers and metersUnified and updated databaseSupporting service, consumption and billing
ComplaintsCentral registerMonitoring complaints until closure
Water lossesLinking production, distribution and consumptionPreparing the water balance and analysing losses
ReportsReports and monitoring dashboardsSupporting central Management and the regions
GovernanceResponsibilities, permissions and backupProtecting data and ensuring continuity
2. Principal Datasets

The Company deals with a broad range of operational, technical, spatial, service-related and commercial data.

Table (6.2): Functional Areas and Datasets

Functional AreaPrincipal Datasets
Sources, production and pumpingWells, water received, production, pumping, quantities and quality
Transmission and distributionTrunk pipelines, distribution networks, pressures, flows and service areas
Reservoirs and plantsReservoirs, pumping and treatment plants, capacities and operational status
Assets and maintenanceAssets, failures, notifications, work orders and maintenance
Water qualitySamples, analyses, conformity, non-conformity and corrective actions
Customers and servicesConnections, meters, readings, consumption and billing
ComplaintsComplaints, notifications, referrals, follow-up and closure
Water balance and lossesWater produced, received, distributed, consumed and billed
WastewaterNetworks, pumping and treatment plants, flows, loads and discharge
Projects and planningExpansions, rehabilitation, projects, priorities and costs
Spatial informationMaps, asset locations, service areas and GIS databases
Documents and reportsPlans, technical records, operational reports and archives
Governance and protectionResponsibilities, permissions, data exchange and backup

The Company’s scope includes drinking-water and wastewater-service data, including wastewater networks, pumping and treatment plants, flows, loads, discharge, maintenance and blockages. However, the level of detail available in the WP2 results varies among the functional areas. Not all topics included in the study tool should therefore be converted into final requirements without verification.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Establish a unified reference register of water sources.
  • Assign a permanent identifier to each source, well, plant, reservoir, network and asset.
  • Organise data on water produced, received, pumped and distributed.
  • Preserve production, pumping and distribution data historically.
  • Establish a geographic database for networks and facilities.
  • Link networks to sources, reservoirs, plants and service areas.
  • Establish a unified register of assets and equipment.
  • Record failures, notifications and work orders.
  • Organise preventive and corrective maintenance.
  • Establish a unified database of water samples and results.
  • Link quality results to the source, reservoir, network and region.
  • Record non-conformities and corrective actions.
  • Establish a unified database of customers, connections and meters.
  • Link meters to readings, consumption and billing.
  • Establish a central register of complaints and notifications.
  • Link each complaint to the customer, location, network or asset.
  • Link production, distribution, consumption and billing data.
  • Support preparation of the water balance and analysis of water losses.
  • Organise data on wastewater networks and plants.
  • Organise maps, plans, documents and their versions.
  • Prepare central and regional reports and indicators.
  • Define responsibilities for data entry, review and approval.
  • Organise user permissions and track amendments.
  • Provide backup and restoration.
  • Support sites experiencing weak or interrupted connectivity.
  • Digitise priority records and maps.
  • Train users and operation and support teams.
  • Support gradual implementation and scalability.
4. Data Management System Objectives

Table (6.6): Company Objectives Register

Objective CodeObjective
GWWC-OBJ-01Standardise water-source, production and pumping data
GWWC-OBJ-02Establish a spatial database for networks, facilities and service areas
GWWC-OBJ-03Link sources, reservoirs, plants and distribution networks
GWWC-OBJ-04Provide a unified reference register of assets
GWWC-OBJ-05Organise failure and maintenance-order data
GWWC-OBJ-06Organise water samples and analysis results
GWWC-OBJ-07Standardise customer, connection and meter data
GWWC-OBJ-08Support complaint registration and follow-up until closure
GWWC-OBJ-09Support preparation of the water balance and analysis of losses
GWWC-OBJ-10Link operational, technical and service-related data
GWWC-OBJ-11Provide central and regional reports and monitoring dashboards
GWWC-OBJ-12Organise permissions and traceability of amendments
GWWC-OBJ-13Ensure backup, restoration and continuity of access
GWWC-OBJ-14Digitise priority maps, documents and records
GWWC-OBJ-15Support data exchange among headquarters, regions and Offices
GWWC-OBJ-16Develop the capacities of users and operation and support teams
GWWC-OBJ-17Support phased and scalable implementation

These objectives are consistent with the detailed Objectives Register in the WP2 report. The technical annex presents four consolidated objectives: standardising operational and service-related data; spatially managing networks and assets; supporting maintenance, quality and customer service; and supporting the water balance and water-loss analysis.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Water-Source, Production and Pumping DataThe Company should be able to determine: • The quantity of water produced from its sources. • The quantity of water received from producing entities. • The quantity of water pumped. • The status of each source or plant. • Changes in production and pumping over time. • Reasons for declines or shutdowns. • The WP2 results confirm the need to record production and pumping data according to the approved operational frequency, preserve them historically and make them available at regional and central levels.
Transmission, Distribution, Network and Facility DataThe spatial database should provide a unified reference showing the location, characteristics, condition and service areas of networks and facilities and linking them to assets, failures, maintenance and customers. • Geographic Information Systems (GIS) are a fundamental component because networks, facilities, assets, customers and failures must be linked to specific locations.
Reservoir and Plant DataProvide an integrated electronic file for each reservoir or plant showing its operational status, technical data, associated assets, failures, maintenance and related quality results.
Asset, Failure and Maintenance DataThe Company should be able to determine: • The location and condition of the asset. • Previous failures. • Maintenance activities performed. • Open work orders. • Response and repair duration. • Materials and spare parts used. • Assets requiring replacement or rehabilitation.
Water-Quality and Analysis DataThe Company should be able to determine the water-quality status at each source, reservoir, network or service area and monitor non-conformities and the associated corrective actions.
Complaint and Customer-Service DataThe Company should be able to determine: • The number of open and closed complaints. • Locations where complaints are concentrated. • Types of recurring problems. • Average response and resolution times. • The relationship between complaints, failures, interruptions and maintenance.
Water Balance and Loss AnalysisProvide a traceable water balance showing the source of each value, its calculation method and level of accuracy, and supporting identification of areas requiring measurement, maintenance or data improvement. • Calculation formulae, balance areas and indicator definitions will be determined in coordination with the Company under WP3.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-DAT-01Establish a unified register of water sourcesDataVery High
GWWC-DAT-02Record production and pumping data and preserve them historicallyFunctionalVery High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-NET-01Establish a spatial database for networks and facilitiesData/GISVery High
GWWC-NET-02Link networks to sources, reservoirs, plants and service areasIntegrationHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-AST-01Establish a unified asset register linked to location and documentsData/GISVery High
GWWC-MNT-01Record failures and manage work orders until closureFunctionalHigh
GWWC-MNT-02Support preventive and corrective maintenanceFunctionalHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-WQ-01Establish a unified database of water samples and resultsDataVery High
GWWC-WQ-02Link quality results to sources, reservoirs and networksIntegration/GISHigh
GWWC-WQ-03Monitor non-conformities and corrective actionsWorkflowHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-CUS-01Establish a unified database of customers, connections and metersDataVery High
GWWC-CUS-02Link meters to consumption and billingIntegrationHigh
GWWC-CRM-01Provide a unified complaints register and monitor complaints until closureFunctionalHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-NRW-01Link production, distribution, consumption and billingIntegrationVery High
GWWC-NRW-02Support preparation of the water balance and water-loss indicatorsAnalyticalHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-RPT-01Provide central and regional reports and monitoring dashboardsAnalyticalHigh
GWWC-INT-01Enable data exchange among headquarters, regions and systemsIntegrationHigh
GWWC-DOC-01Manage maps, drawings, documents and versionsDocumentationMedium to High
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-GOV-01Define responsibilities for entry, review and approvalGovernanceVery High
GWWC-SEC-01Organise user permissions and record amendmentsProtectionVery High
GWWC-BCP-01Provide backup and restorationContinuityVery High
GWWC-TEC-01Support operation at sites with limited connectivityTechnical ConstraintHigh
CodeRequirementTypePriority
GWWC-DIG-01Digitise priority records and mapsDigitisationHigh
GWWC-TRN-01Train users and operation and support teamsTrainingVery High
GWWC-SCL-01Support phased expansion of functions, users and sitesGeneralHigh
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Company requires an interconnected information environment that may be described as a:

Water and Wastewater Utility Management Information System

The abbreviated term may also be used:

Water Utility Management Information System – Water Utility MIS

The environment should support:

  • Source and production registers.
  • Water and wastewater networks.
  • Reservoirs and plants.
  • Assets and maintenance.
  • Water quality.
  • Customers and meters.
  • Billing and consumption.
  • Complaints and customer service.
  • Water balance and losses.
  • Projects and documents.
  • Reports and indicators.
  • Permissions and backup.

Not all functions have to be implemented within a single software application. They may be provided through interconnected systems using unified identifiers and clear data-exchange interfaces.

AreaEnglish System CategoryUse
Sources and productionProduction and Operations Management Information SystemProduction, pumping and operational data
Networks and facilitiesGIS-Based Network Information SystemNetworks, pipelines, facilities and service areas
AssetsEnterprise Asset Management – EAMManaging the asset life cycle
MaintenanceComputerised Maintenance Management System – CMMSFailures, work orders and maintenance
Water qualityLaboratory Information Management System – LIMSSamples, results and quality
CustomersCustomer Information System – CISCustomers, connections and meters
Customer serviceCustomer Relationship Management – CRMComplaints, communication and follow-up
BillingBilling SystemBilling, collection and linkage to consumption
Water lossesWater Balance and Non-Revenue Water Analysis ToolsWater balance and NRW analysis
DocumentsElectronic Document Management System – EDMSMaps, drawings and documents
ReportingBusiness Intelligence Platform – BIIndicators and monitoring dashboards
FieldworkMobile Field Data Collection SystemEntering failure and visit data from the field
Data exchangeApplication Programming Interface and ETL Tools – API/ETLIntegration and extraction, transformation and loading of data
Operational monitoringSupervisory Control and Data Acquisition – SCADAReadings, monitoring and control where available

The inclusion of these categories describes the type of capabilities required and does not constitute the selection of a specific product or supplier.

8. Integration and Data Flow

The Company operates within a physical flow of water accompanied by a flow of information.

Table (6.4): Principal Data Flows

Producing EntityDataUsing Entity
Man-Made River AuthorityBulk quantities transmitted, quality, delivery points and interruptionsGeneral Company for Water and Wastewater
General Desalination CompanyProduction, quality, quantities delivered and shutdownsGeneral Company for Water and Wastewater
Company sourcesProduction, pumping and qualityOperation, distribution and planning
Operational regionsNetworks, failures, maintenance and servicesHeadquarters
Service centresCustomers, meters and complaintsRegions and headquarters
LaboratoriesWater samples and quality resultsOperation, quality and Management
CustomersReadings, requests and complaintsService centres and technical systems
CompanySectoral indicators and reportsMinistry of Water Resources

For every data-exchange process, the Data Management Framework should define:

  • The Data Owner.
  • The reference version.
  • The purpose of the exchange.
  • Update frequency.
  • Level of detail.
  • Permissions.
  • Responsibility for correcting errors.

Data exchange does not mean that data ownership is transferred from the producing entity to the beneficiary entity.

Internal Integration Needs

  • Link sources to production and pumping.
  • Link networks to reservoirs and plants.
  • Link assets to failures and maintenance.
  • Link quality samples to sources and networks.
  • Link customers and connections to networks.
  • Link complaints to assets and work orders.
  • Link production and distribution to consumption and billing.
  • Link GIS maps to the other systems.
  • Exchange data among headquarters, regions and Offices.
Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (6.5): Company Priorities

Priority LevelNeeds
Very HighSource and production registers, network database, asset register, water quality and customers
HighGIS, work orders and maintenance, meters, complaints, permissions and backup
Medium to HighWater balance, NRW analysis, Web GIS, EDMS, monitoring dashboards and integration
Requires VerificationDetailed wastewater data, treatment plants and discharge
ContinuousData quality, digitisation, training, support, protection and continuity
Carried Forward to WP3Architecture, products, data models, integration interfaces and detailed indicators

Implementation begins with establishing the basic reference data, then linking them to specialised systems, and subsequently expanding the analysis and reporting functions. The final implementation sequence depends on the approved scenario, readiness and resources.

10. Readiness and Constraints

Implementation of the system requires verification of the following aspects:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
SourcesNumber, condition and identifiers of sources
Production and pumpingMeasurement sources, recording frequency and accuracy
NetworksAvailable maps, formats and level of updating
AssetsAvailability of standardised coding and status of records
MaintenanceExisting notification and work-order systems
Water qualityLaboratories, sample forms and approval methods
CustomersCompleteness and duplication of customer records
MetersNumber, condition and reading frequency
BillingExisting systems and possibility of data exchange
ComplaintsChannels, forms and response times
Water lossesMeasurement points, balance areas and data quality
WastewaterNetworks, plants and available operational data
SCADASites using it and available interfaces
ConnectivityLevel of connectivity in the regions and Offices
DocumentsVolume of paper-based maps and files requiring digitisation
UsersNumbers, roles and permission levels
ServersHosting, storage and backup
SupportEntity responsible for operating and maintaining the systems

The broad geographic scope and variation in practices, connectivity and readiness among regions, Offices and centres represent a principal constraint. All functions and sites should therefore not be implemented in a single phase, and the condition of the data should not be assumed to be identical throughout the Company.

11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Completion of wastewater-service requirements.
  • Preparation of a unified register of sources, networks, facilities and assets.
  • Preparation of the production and pumping data model.
  • Preparation of the network and utility data model.
  • Preparation of the customer, connection and meter data model.
  • Design of the complaint and work-order data model.
  • Design of the water-quality database.
  • Definition of water-balance areas and methodology.
  • Definition of NRW formulae and indicators.
  • Definition of integration with billing and collection systems.
  • Assessment of existing SCADA systems and their interfaces.
  • Design of integration among GIS, CMMS, LIMS, CIS and CRM.
  • Definition of mechanisms for working at sites with weak connectivity.
  • Definition of permissions and review and approval workflows.
  • Definition of reporting and monitoring-dashboard requirements.
  • Evaluation of software products and alternatives.
  • Definition of hosting, servers and networks.
  • Preparation of the backup and recovery plan.
  • Preparation of the map and record digitisation plan.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of detailed costs.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training, operation and support plan.
12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Priority Reference Registers

This includes:

  • A unified register of water sources.
  • A basic register of networks and facilities.
  • A unified asset register.
  • An initial production and pumping database.
  • A basic customer and meter database.
  • A unified complaints register.
  • A basic database of water samples and results.
  • Digitisation of priority maps and records.
  • Basic reports.
  • Permissions and backup.
  • Basic linkage to GIS.

Result: Rapid organisation of basic data and provision of initial reference registers.

Constraint: Integration among systems and advanced analysis of water losses, maintenance and wastewater remain limited.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated Water and Wastewater System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • A Water and Wastewater Utility Management Information System.
  • An integrated GIS database for networks and assets.
  • A CMMS or EAM system for assets and maintenance.
  • A LIMS or water-quality module.
  • A CIS for customers and meters.
  • A CRM system for complaints and customer service.
  • Linking consumption to billing.
  • Water-balance and NRW-analysis tools.
  • Reports and monitoring dashboards using BI.
  • Phased integration between headquarters and the regions.
  • Initial wastewater-service functions following verification.
  • Training of users and support teams.

Result: Linking operational, technical and service-related data within a shared and scalable environment.

Constraint: Requires data cleaning, standardisation of identifiers, improved connectivity, and definition of responsibilities and approval workflows.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated National Platform

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with available SCADA systems.
  • Automatic or semi-automatic transfer of production, pumping and reservoir data.
  • Comprehensive management of drinking-water and wastewater networks.
  • Advanced management of assets, maintenance and inventory.
  • Expanded integration among customers, meters, billing and complaints.
  • Advanced measurement and analysis of water losses.
  • Integrated management of wastewater and treatment plants following verification.
  • Advanced spatial and temporal analysis.
  • Web portals and maps.
  • Organised integration with water-producing entities and the Ministry.
  • A higher-level data centre, support and disaster-recovery environment.
  • Expanded digitisation of maps and historical records.

Result: The highest level of integration, updating, analysis and support for operational and service-related decision-making.

Constraint: This scenario has the highest cost and complexity and requires reliable connectivity, high-quality reference data, and specialised technical and operational teams.

Table (6.7): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Company

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Source registersBasicIntegratedIntegrated and connected to systems
Networks and GISBasic mapsEnterprise databaseAdvanced spatial management
Production and pumpingPeriodic entryTime series and integrationAutomatic or semi-automatic updating
Assets and maintenanceBasic registerCMMS/EAMComprehensive asset life-cycle management
Water qualityResults databaseLIMS and integrationAdvanced monitoring, alerts and analysis
Customers and metersBasic databaseIntegrated CISComprehensive integration with service and billing
ComplaintsRegistration and follow-upCRM and linkage to maintenanceAdvanced spatial and service analysis
Water balance and lossesLimitedPhased analysisAdvanced analysis and measurement areas
WastewaterBasic data following verificationPhased managementIntegrated management
ReportsBasicMonitoring dashboardsAnalysis and decision support
IntegrationLimitedPhasedComprehensive
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Capital and operating costs, human resources, duration, risks and sustainability are presented in detail in the chapter dedicated to the scenarios at the level of the entities covered.

13. Executive Reading
Page 1 of 3Target State, Data, Needs and Objectives
1. Scope of Analysis and Target Future State

The Authority is responsible for planning, designing, implementing, managing, operating and maintaining Man-Made River projects, including:

  • Operating wellfields.
  • Operating production and pumping systems.
  • Operating trunk water-transmission pipelines.
  • Managing reservoirs and flow stations.
  • Operating and monitoring control, monitoring and communication systems.
  • Maintaining pipelines, facilities and equipment.
  • Monitoring the continuity of water transmission and delivery.
  • Preparing operational and technical reports and indicators.

The Work Package 2 (WP2) analysis focuses on data management needs relating to:

  • Wells and wellfields.
  • Production, pumping, flow and pressure.
  • Trunk pipelines and their components.
  • Reservoirs and flow stations.
  • Assets, failures and maintenance.
  • Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA).
  • Management Control System (MCS).
  • Geographic Information Systems (GIS).
  • Reports and indicators.
  • Documents, drawings and historical data.
  • Governance, permissions and protection.
  • Integration among sites, systems and functional fields.

This chapter does not assume that the stated functional fields represent independent official Managements within the organisational structure of the Authority. The study used flexible functional fields because of differences in the level of organisational detail available. The chapter also does not address the technical design of databases, replacement of SCADA or MCS systems, or selection of software products, as these topics fall within WP3.

Table (7.1): Scope of the Analysis of the Authority’s Needs

ElementScope
EntityMan-Made River Authority
Institutional statusIndependent public authority covered by the study
Operational fieldWater production, transmission, storage and delivery
Operational sitesWellfields, pipelines, reservoirs, flow stations and field sites
Related systemsSCADA, control and communication systems, and the Management Control System (MCS)
Principal dataWells, production, flow, pressure, pipelines, reservoirs, assets and maintenance
Sources of resultsWP2 responses and supporting WP1 findings
OutputsNeeds, objectives, priorities and preliminary requirements
Limitations of the analysisDoes not include technical design, product selection or changes to the organisational structure

The WP2 results showed that the Authority requires an interconnected environment for managing operational, technical and spatial data that makes use of existing systems and links the data produced by different sites and systems.

The principal needs are:

  • Identifying the owners of datasets and responsibilities for updating them.
  • Establishing a unified register of wells and wellfields.
  • Preserving production, flow and pressure data over time.
  • Establishing a spatial register of trunk pipelines and their components.
  • Establishing a register of reservoirs and flow stations.
  • Establishing a unified asset register and recording technical condition.
  • Organising failures and maintenance work orders.
  • Integrating with SCADA and MCS through approved interfaces.
  • Linking operational data to GIS.
  • Organising alarms and operational events.
  • Preserving documents, drawings and their versions.
  • Providing operational, technical and administrative indicators and reports.
  • Applying permissions and auditing data use.
  • Providing backup, restoration and continuity of access.

These needs are not intended to replace SCADA, MCS or existing operational systems. Their purpose is to improve institutional use of the data generated by those systems, organise data preservation, and link the data to spatial and technical records, maintenance and reporting.

Table (7.3): Summary of the Authority’s Needs

ThemePrincipal NeedPurpose
GovernanceOrganising responsibilities, standards and permissionsSupporting controlled data management
Wells and wellfieldsUnified register and operational historyMonitoring production and performance
Production and flowCentralised data and time seriesSupporting operation and comparison
PipelinesSpatial and technical registerMonitoring condition and interventions
Reservoirs and stationsWater-level, flow and pressure dataSupporting operation and storage
Assets and maintenanceAsset, failure and work-order registerOrganising maintenance and follow-up
SCADA and MCSImproving use and integrationLinking operational data
GISInterconnected maps and spatial recordsSupporting operation and spatial analysis
ReportsIndicators and monitoring dashboardsSupporting Management and technical functions
ArchivingPreserving historical data and documentsProtecting the technical record
ProtectionPermissions, backup and restorationEnsuring continuity
ImplementationGradual applicationTaking account of priorities and readiness
2. Principal Datasets

Table (7.2): Functional Areas and Datasets

Functional AreaPrincipal Datasets
Wells and wellfieldsWell locations, specifications, condition, production, water levels and maintenance
Production and pumpingProduction and pumping quantities, operating hours, and status of wells and pumps
Flow and pressureFlows, pressures, measurement points and time series
Trunk pipelinesRoutes, diameters, materials, components and technical condition
ReservoirsCapacities, water levels, incoming and outgoing flows, and condition
Flow stationsLocations, equipment, readings and operational status
AssetsPumps, valves, facilities, and measurement and control devices
Failures and maintenanceEvents, failures, work orders, repairs and spare parts
SCADA and MCSReadings, status information, alarms, events and operational commands
GISLocations of wells, pipelines, reservoirs, stations and assets
DocumentsPlans, drawings, specifications, manuals and reports
ReportsProduction, flow, maintenance, performance and Management reports
Protection and continuityUsers, permissions, audit logs and backup

The documented needs include strengthening the governance of operational data, establishing a unified well and wellfield register, preserving production and flow time series, organising spatial records of pipelines and assets, managing failures and work orders, linking SCADA, manually entered data and GIS, and preparing monitoring dashboards and reports.

3. Principal Needs

The general needs are as follows:

  • Identify the entity owning each dataset.
  • Identify who is responsible for entering, updating, reviewing and approving the data.
  • Adopt permanent identifiers for wells, wellfields, pipelines, reservoirs, stations and assets.
  • Prevent duplication of reference records.
  • Standardise field definitions and units of measurement.
  • Link each reading to its location, date, time and source.
  • Preserve operational data as time series.
  • Organise data produced by SCADA and MCS.
  • Organise manually entered data and link them to automated data.
  • Link operational data to spatial records in GIS.
  • Link failures and events to assets and locations.
  • Organise maintenance orders and monitor them until closure.
  • Preserve plans, drawings and technical documents.
  • Apply version control.
  • Prepare operational, technical and administrative indicators and reports.
  • Define data-access levels.
  • Record data-use, amendment and approval activities.
  • Provide backup and restoration.
  • Maintain continuity of access to data.
  • Implement the system gradually while making use of existing systems.
4. Data Management System Objectives

Table (7.6): System Objectives

Objective CodeObjectiveRequired Result
MMRA-OBJ-01Provide an interconnected view of the systemLink operational, technical and spatial data
MMRA-OBJ-02Organise well, transmission and storage dataUnified registers of wells, pipelines and reservoirs
MMRA-OBJ-03Strengthen the use of SCADA and MCSUse operational data in reporting, maintenance and analysis
MMRA-OBJ-04Support maintenance, reporting and continuityManage failures, maintenance, preservation and protection

These objectives represent the consolidated objectives established in the technical annex to the WP2 results.

5. Required Practical Result
Department / Functional AreaRequired Practical Result
Governance and ResponsibilitiesFor each dataset, it should be clear: • Who owns it. • Who produces it. • Who updates it. • Who reviews it. • Who approves it. • Where the reference version is maintained. • Who has the right to view or use it.
Well and Wellfield DataThe system should provide a unified electronic file for each well showing its location, characteristics, condition, production, failures, maintenance and associated documents.
Production, Pumping, Flow and Pressure DataThe Authority should be able to access a reliable time-based record showing: • Production quantity. • Flow. • Pressure. • System status. • Time at which the reading changed. • Source of the reading. • Events or failures associated with the change. • Preserving production, flow and pressure data over time represents a very-high-priority requirement in the WP2 register.
Trunk Pipeline and Component DataProvide a spatial and technical record showing the condition of each pipeline and component and supporting identification of the location of an event or failure and access to asset information, drawings and previous maintenance activities.
Reservoir and Flow-Station DataThe system should provide an integrated file for each reservoir and flow station, linking its technical data to operational readings, assets, failures and maintenance.
Asset, Failure and Maintenance DataThe user should be able to determine: • The location of the asset. • Its current condition. • Previous failures. • Open work orders. • Maintenance completed. • Duration of downtime. • Effect of the failure on production or transmission. • Materials and spare parts used.
SCADA and MCS DataMake use of SCADA and MCS data in reporting, analysis, maintenance and GIS without adversely affecting operational monitoring and control functions. • Integration should be implemented through approved interfaces, with due consideration for security and continuity, rather than through uncontrolled access to operational systems.
Geographic Information Systems and Spatial DataProvide a unified operational and technical map through which the user can select a well, pipeline, reservoir or asset and view the data associated with it.
Page 2 of 3Requirements, Capabilities and Integration
6. Initial Requirements Register
CodeRequirementTypePriority
MMRA-REQ-01Identify the owners of datasets and responsibilities for updatingGovernanceHigh
MMRA-REQ-02Establish a unified register of wells and wellfieldsDataVery High
MMRA-REQ-03Preserve production, flow and pressure data over timeسلاسل زمنيةVery High
MMRA-REQ-04Establish a spatial register of pipelines and their componentsGIS / DataHigh
MMRA-REQ-05Establish a register of reservoirs and flow stationsDataHigh
MMRA-REQ-06Establish a unified asset register and record technical conditionأصولHigh
MMRA-REQ-07Manage failures and maintenance work ordersصيانةHigh
MMRA-REQ-08Integrate with SCADA and MCS through approved interfacesIntegrationHigh
MMRA-REQ-09Link operational data to GISIntegration / GISHigh
MMRA-REQ-10Manage alarms and operational eventsتشغيلHigh
MMRA-REQ-11Preserve documents, plans and versionsوثائقHigh
MMRA-REQ-12Provide operational, technical and administrative indicators and reportsتحليل / تقاريرHigh
MMRA-REQ-13Apply permissions and audit data useProtection / GovernanceHigh
MMRA-REQ-14Provide backup, restoration and continuity of accessContinuityHigh
7. Required Capabilities and Information-System Categories

The Authority’s environment requires an interconnected set of capabilities and systems, principally:

  • Operations Data Management System To organise reference and aggregated operational data and link them to locations and assets.
  • Operational Data Historian To preserve production, flow, pressure and operational-status data over time.
  • Enterprise Geographic Information System – Enterprise GIS To spatially manage wells, pipelines, reservoirs, stations and assets.
  • Computerised Maintenance Management System – CMMS To manage failures, work orders and maintenance.
  • Enterprise Asset Management – EAM To organise the asset life cycle and technical condition.
  • SCADA and MCS Integration Layer To exchange data through approved and secure interfaces.
  • Business Intelligence Platform – BI Platform To prepare reports, indicators and monitoring dashboards.
  • Electronic Document Management System – EDMS To organise plans, documents and versions.

These capabilities do not have to be implemented through a single product, and their inclusion does not constitute the selection of a specific product or supplier.

System CategoryEnglish TermUse
Operational Data Management SystemOperations Data Management SystemOrganising operational data and reference registers
Operational Data HistorianOperational Data HistorianPreserving time series
Enterprise Geographic Information SystemsEnterprise GISWells, pipelines, reservoirs and assets
Computerised Maintenance Management SystemCMMSFailures, work orders and maintenance
Enterprise Asset Management SystemEAMTechnical record and asset life cycle
SCADA IntegrationSCADA IntegrationTransferring data from monitoring and control systems
MCS IntegrationMCS IntegrationExchanging data with the Management Control System
Business IntelligenceBusiness Intelligence – BIReports, indicators and monitoring dashboards
Electronic Document ManagementEDMSPlans, documents and versions
Data Integration PlatformData Integration PlatformLinking applications and databases
Application InterfacesApplication Programming Interface – APIData exchange among systems
Identity and Access ManagementIdentity and Access Management – IAMUsers, roles and permissions
Backup and Disaster RecoveryBackup and Disaster RecoveryRestoration and continuity of access
8. Integration and Data Flow

The data management environment needs to link systems and registers without converting all functions into a single application.

Table (7.4): Proposed Internal Integration

System or SourceDataBeneficiary System or Use
SCADAReadings, status information and alarmsHistorical record, reporting and maintenance
MCSOperational administrative data and indicatorsManagement, reporting and analysis
Well registerReference data for wells and wellfieldsSCADA, GIS, maintenance and reporting
GISLocations, routes and assetsOperation, maintenance and analysis
CMMS/EAMFailures, work orders and assetsOperation, reporting and Management
EDMSPlans, documents and versionsOperation, maintenance and projects
Operational data repositoryTime series and aggregated dataBI, reporting and analysis
BI platformIndicators and monitoring dashboardsManagement and authorised users

External Integration

Data exchange may include the following, in accordance with mandates and permissions:

EntityData Potentially Exchanged
Ministry of Water ResourcesProduction, flow, delivery and resource indicators in accordance with the agreement
General Company for Water and WastewaterQuantities of water delivered, delivery points, quality and interruptions
Beneficiary entitiesQuantities delivered, schedules and relevant operational status
Regulatory or planning entitiesApproved reports according to permissions

Data exchange does not mean that ownership is transferred to the beneficiary entity. The reference version, update frequency, exchanged fields, responsibility for correction and access levels must be defined.

Page 3 of 3Readiness, Scenarios and Transition to WP3
9. Implementation Priorities

Table (7.5): Authority Priorities

OrderPriorityGeneral Timing
1Identify data owners and responsibilities for updatingPreparatory phase
2Establish a unified register of wells and wellfieldsPhase One
3Preserve production, flow and pressure data over timePhase One
4Establish a spatial register of pipelines and their componentsPhase One
5Establish a register of reservoirs and flow stationsPhase One
6Establish a unified asset register and record technical conditionPhase One
7Manage failures and maintenance work ordersPhase Two
8Integrate with SCADA and MCS through approved interfacesPhase Two
9Link operational data to GISPhase Two
10Manage alarms and operational eventsPhase Two
11Organise documents, plans and versionsPhase Two
12Provide indicators, reports and monitoring dashboardsAfter data become regular
13Apply permissions and audit useContinuous
14Provide backup, restoration and continuityContinuous

This order represents a general sequence of needs. The final implementation order is subject to the condition of existing systems, data quality and integration capabilities.

10. Readiness and Constraints

Preparation of the design and implementation requires verification of the following elements:

TopicMatter to Be Verified
Well registerNumber of wells and wellfields and current identifiers
Time-based dataData volume, accuracy and retention periods
SCADA pointsDefinition of measurement points and signals and their linkage to assets
MCSAvailable functions, data and interfaces
InterfacesApproved protocols and methods of extraction and integration
Data qualityMissing, duplicated and incorrect values
TimingStandardisation of time across systems and sites
GISCompleteness of pipeline routes and asset locations
AssetsAvailability of unified asset coding
MaintenanceCurrent records, work orders and procedures
DocumentsVolume of paper-based and digital plans and reports
ConnectivityLevel of connectivity among sites and control centres
ProtectionNetwork separation, permissions and access policies
BackupLocations, frequency and restoration testing
UsersNumbers, roles and access levels
SupportTeams responsible for operation, integration and maintenance
TrainingNeeds of users and information technology teams

The principal constraints are:

  • The need to maintain the stability of critical operational systems.
  • Possible differences in systems and versions among sites.
  • Possible limited interfaces for some systems.
  • The large volume of time-series data.
  • Variations in the quality of reference records.
  • The need for coordination among operation, maintenance, GIS and information technology.
  • The inability to determine final costs before completing the technical inventory.
11. Topics Carried Forward to WP3

Topics to be completed under WP3 include:

  • Final verification of requirements.
  • Inventory of existing systems, databases and interfaces.
  • Preparation of a unified well and wellfield data model.
  • Preparation of the pipeline, reservoir and station data model.
  • Preparation of the asset and maintenance data model.
  • Design of the time-series structure and Data Historian.
  • Definition of integration interfaces with SCADA and MCS.
  • Definition of the linkage among GIS, CMMS/EAM and operational data.
  • Definition of the method for managing alarms and events.
  • Definition of unified reference identifiers.
  • Definition of permissions and access levels.
  • Definition of cybersecurity requirements associated with integration.
  • Definition of reporting and performance-indicator requirements.
  • Preparation of the historical-data preservation and migration plan.
  • Definition of hosting, servers and storage.
  • Preparation of the backup and recovery plan.
  • Evaluation of alternatives, products and costs.
  • Preparation of technical specifications.
  • Preparation of the implementation, training, operation and support plan.

These topics are consistent with the technical annex, which carries forward to WP3 final verification, architecture and data-model design, definition of integration interfaces and permissions, evaluation of alternatives, products and costs, and preparation of the specifications and implementation plan.

12. Three Scenarios – Components, Result and Constraint

Scenario One: Establishment and Priority Operational Registers

This includes:

  • Identification of data owners and responsibilities for updating.
  • A unified register of wells and wellfields.
  • A basic register of pipelines, reservoirs and stations.
  • A basic asset register.
  • Preservation of priority production, flow and pressure data.
  • Basic linkage with GIS.
  • Preservation of principal documents and plans.
  • Basic operational reports.
  • Permissions and backup.

Result: Organisation of the basic registers and data without extensive changes to operational systems.

Constraint: Integration with SCADA, MCS and maintenance remains limited or depends on periodic extraction.

Scenario Two: Phased Integrated System

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario One.
  • An Operations Data Management System.
  • An Operational Data Historian.
  • An Enterprise GIS database.
  • A CMMS or EAM system for assets and maintenance.
  • Phased integration with SCADA and MCS through approved interfaces.
  • Linking alarms and events to assets and locations.
  • A document and version management system.
  • Indicators and monitoring dashboards using BI.
  • Training of users and support teams.
  • Gradual implementation beginning with the highest-priority systems and data.

Result: Linking wells, production, pipelines, reservoirs, assets, maintenance and reports within an interconnected environment.

Constraint: Requires standardisation of identifiers, data cleaning, documentation of SCADA points and technical coordination among systems.

Scenario Three: Comprehensive and Integrated Operational Environment

This includes:

  • All components of Scenario Two.
  • Broad integration with SCADA, MCS and available operational systems.
  • Automatic or semi-automatic updating of time series.
  • Comprehensive management of assets, maintenance, alarms and events.
  • Full linkage between operational data and GIS.
  • Advanced operational and spatial analysis.
  • Central indicators for wellfields, pipelines and reservoirs.
  • Organised data sharing with beneficiary entities.
  • A higher-level data centre, protection and disaster-recovery environment.
  • Expanded preservation of historical data and documents.
  • A specialised technical team for operation, integration and support.

Result: The highest level of integration, updating, analysis and operational decision support.

Constraint: This scenario has the highest cost and complexity and requires approved operational interfaces, reliable connectivity and greater human and technical resources.

Table (7.8): Comparison of the Impact of the Scenarios on the Authority

ElementScenario OneScenario TwoScenario Three
Data governanceBasicInstitutional and organisedInstitutional and integrated
Well and wellfield registerUnified and basicIntegratedIntegrated with operational systems
Time seriesPriority dataPhased Data HistorianExpanded preservation and updating
Pipelines and reservoirsBasic registerIntegrated spatial and technical registerComprehensive operational and spatial integration
Assets and maintenanceBasic registerCMMS/EAMComprehensive asset life-cycle management
SCADA and MCSLimited extractionPhased integrationBroad integration
GISBasic linkageEnterprise databaseAdvanced integration and analysis
Alarms and eventsLimited recordingManagement and linkage to assetsExpanded analysis and management
DocumentsPriority documentsEDMS and versionsComprehensive historical management
ReportsBasicIndicators and monitoring dashboardsAdvanced analysis and decision support
Protection and continuityBasic backupOrganised protection and restorationHigher-level availability and recovery
Cost and resourcesLowestMediumHighest
Implementation durationShortestMediumLongest

Capital and operating costs, human resources, duration, risks and sustainability are presented in detail in the chapter dedicated to the scenarios at the level of the entities covered.

13. Executive Reading